Quarterlytics / Industrials / Aerospace & Defense / Redwire

Redwire

rdw · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker rdw
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Aerospace & Defense
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Redwire
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Redrow plc  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2014

R

e

d

r

o

w

p

l

c

|

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

4

40 years and still growing 

1974 – 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial highlights

Strategic report
Highlights
A year of achievements 

In its 40th anniversary 
year, Redrow delivers
record profits

 Profit before tax

Adjusted earnings per share* 

Return on capital employed

 £132.6m

 +91%

28.6p

 +83%

 18.0%

 +48%

132.6

28.6

18.0

69.4

15.6

43.0

25.3

10.8

6.0

12.2

8.7

6.1

2.6

Announcing the ‘Housebuilder of the Year’, judges said that 
Redrow Homes had “demonstrated a fantastic turnaround, 
thanks to its excellent new product development and 
broader appeal”. 

Bringing youngsters into 
the industry is a key 
focus for us so we were 
delighted to be named 
an Apprenticeships Top 
100 Employer for the 
first time.

Our fourth successive 
5 star rating is based 
on more than 90% of 
customers saying they 
would recommend 
Redrow to a friend.

Strategic report
IFC   Financial highlights
4  Our markets
6  Our business model and strategy 
8  Our investment case 
12  Our rich heritage 
14  Chairman’s statement
18  Operating review
26  Financial review
30  Performance indicators 
33  Risk management framework
34  Principal risks and uncertainties 
36  Sustainability

Governance report
48  Corporate Governance report
50  Board of Directors
54  Audit Committee report
57  Nomination Committee report
58  Sustainability Committee report
59  Directors’ Remuneration report
76  Directors’ report

Financial statements
82  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
83  Independent Auditors’ report
86  Consolidated income statement
86  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

87  Balance sheets
88  Statement of changes in equity
89  Statement of cash flows
90  Accounting policies
94  Notes to the financial statements

Shareholder information
117 Notice of Annual General Meeting
123 Corporate and shareholder information
124 Five year summary

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

0.7

10

11

12

13

14

0.2

10

*Excludes exceptional items and deferred tax rate impact

11

12

13

14

10

11

12

13

14

Stay up-to-date

  Listen to our results webcast online 

Visit our Corporate website www.redrowplc.co.uk

The Highgate, River View, Northamptonshire

1
Redrow plc 
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Strategic report 
Overview 

2 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Summerhill Park, Liverpool

3 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Our markets

Strategic report approval
The strategic report outlined on pages 2 to 45 has been 
approved by the Board.

Our markets
The housing market plays an important role in the UK economy 
with underlying demand for housing being fundamentally strong.

By order of the Board

Graham Cope
Company Secretary 
1 September 2014 

Mortgage approvals calendar year (’000) 

Chart 1

9
5
2
1

,

7
9
5

5
7
5

3
9
5

5
1
5

6
3
7
0  
1
6

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Source: Bank of England, CML

Mortgage approvals 2014 (seasonally adjusted)  Chart 2 
(’000)

6
7

9
6

7
6

3
6

2
6

Mortgage approvals
Mortgage approvals are a key indicator of the level of activity in 
the housing market. These remain significantly below 2007 levels 
but showed increasing growth during the calendar year 2013.  

 Go to Chart 1

Seasonally adjusted figures peaked in January 2014 before falling 
back slightly from 76,000 approvals per month in January 2014 
to 62,000 per month in May 2014. 

 Go to Chart 2

The Mortgage Market Review (MMR)
The MMR was a comprehensive review of the mortgage market 
instigated by the Government back in 2009 with final feedback 
and final rules published in October 2012. Key features of the 
reforms, which came into effect on 26 April 2014 are:

•  Lenders are fully responsible for assessing whether 

a customer can afford the loan and they have to verify 
a customer’s income;

•  Interest only loans may still be granted but only where 
there is a credible strategy for repaying the capital; and 

•  Non-advised sales are no longer allowed.

The changes are designed to strengthen the regulatory regime 
to ensure the UK mortgage market is sustainable for all parties.

These changes have affected the time taken to approve 
mortgage applications as the new rules bed in and have very 
likely contributed to the falling back in mortgage approvals 
shown in Chart 2. 

 Go to Chart 2

Housing supply
NHBC new build starts increased by 17% in the year to June 
2014 compared to the previous year to 116,500. Starts in the 
quarter to June 2014 were 32,600, the highest quarter for 
some considerable time. This reflects the industry response 
to increased levels of confidence in the UK economy and the 
success of the Government initiatives such as Help to Buy 
which are making home ownership more accessible. 

These new start rates remain significantly below the growth 
the Government projects in household formations growing 
to 221,000 per annum by 2021 per the Department for 
Communities and Local Government. 
 Go to Chart 3 

Jan-14

Feb-14

Mar-14

Apr-14 May-14

Source: Bank of England, CML

4 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Residential transactions
Residential transactions in England and Wales increased by 
c.15% in the calendar year 2013 compared to 2012 to 969,000. 
This gained momentum in 2013 building on the c.5.5% increase 
in 2012.

UK average housing prices per the Nationwide House Price Index 
increased by 11.5% in the 12 months to June 2014. These 
increases are heavily influenced by the London market where 
average house prices increased by 25.8% in the same period. 

 Go to Chart 4

Help to Buy – Wales
Help to Buy-Wales was introduced in January 2014 and is a 
Welsh Government shared equity initiative similar to the Help 
to Buy scheme introduced in England in April 2013. It is aimed 
at increasing housing supply in Wales by helping both first time 
buyers and existing home owners purchase a new build home 
up to a value of £300,000 with as little as a 5% deposit. The 
scheme will run until the £170m allocated fund is taken up or 
March 2016 if earlier.

Help to Buy changes
The Help to Buy Mortgage Guarantee was introduced in October 
2013. This offers mortgage lenders the opportunity to purchase 
a Government guarantee on mortgages where a borrower has 
a deposit of between 5% and 20%. As a consequence of this 
support, lenders taking part are able to offer homebuyers higher 
loan to value mortgages.

In January 2014 the Government announced the extension of 
its Help to Buy loan scheme up to March 2020 with a further 
£6bn of funding.

What this means to Redrow
35% of private legal completions in 2014 took advantage of the 
Help to Buy scheme.

Planning
The National Policy Planning Framework (NPPF) was published 
in March 2012 as part of the Government’s action to ensure the 
supply of housing in response to higher demand. It sought to 
streamline planning policy. An update in the Autumn Statement 
highlighted that the approval rate for planning applications was 
at a 13 year high. This is increasing the supply of residential land 
in the market.

What this means to Redrow
44 new outlets opened in 2014, a 22% increase on 2013.

NHBC build starts (England and Wales) (’000)  Chart 3

40

30

20

10

0

Jun
11

Sep
11

Dec
11 

Mar
12

Jun
12

Sep
12

Dec
12

Mar
13

Jun
13

Sep
13

Dec
13

Mar
14

Jun
14

House prices
Nationwide House Price Index (£’000) – London  Chart 4 

400

360

320

280

Q2
11

Q1
11
■ London average

Q3
11 

Q4
11 

Q1
12

Q2
12

Q3
12

Q4
12

Q1
13

Q2
13

Q3
13

Q4
13

Q1
14

Q2
14

Planning applications granted year to March 
(’000)

350

Chart 5  

336

2010
Source:  Department for Communities and Local Government –  

2014

District Level applications

Market snap shot 

Increase in 
residential 
transactions

15%

Increase in new 
build starts

17%

Increase in mortgage approvals

21%

5 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report 
Our business model and strategy 
Delivering a premium brand with a high quality product for 
our customers and growing returns for our shareholders

Our business  
model

Ris

k

m

a

n

Design & T

e

c

h

n
i
c

a
l

a

g

e

m

e

n

t

uild
B

Governance

Our strategy

g

n i n

n

KPIs

Land  &  Pla

Maintain a
quality land
bank

Produce
a quality
product

Long-term
sustainable
value

Industry leading
sales and
marketing

Sales & Market i n g

R
e

l

a
t

i

o

n

s

h

i

p

s

S

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

ilit

y

Capabilities

Land & Planning 
The quality and location of our land 
bank is fundamental to delivering 
sustainable and profitable growth. 
Our experienced land teams focus 
on the investment and promotion of 
strategic land together with shorter 
term opportunities where we can 
add value through our master 
planning and technical expertise.

Design & Technical 
Good design is at the heart of 
sustainable development. Our 
design and technical teams pride 
themselves on creating well 
designed, attractive and practical 
homes within high quality 
living environments.

Build 
Quality of build underpins our ability 
to deliver a quality home to our 
customers. Our efficient and cost 
effective build incorporates carefully 
researched, proven products, 
materials and technologies.

Sales & Marketing 
We aim to make the homebuying 
process as personal, straightforward 
and enjoyable as possible for our 
customers. Delivering a quality, 
premium product with excellent 
customer service throughout.

Customers
Our customers are of utmost importance to us 
and we take great care to research their needs, 
listen to their feedback and respond with new 
homes where every detail is carefully considered. 
This enables us to create high quality homes and 
engenders loyalty and referral.

Underpinned by a series of relationships

Our People
Our people are at the heart of our business; we 
invest in attracting and retaining talented staff, 
providing career development, training and 
delivering succession planning for the future.

Our Suppliers & Subcontractors
We work closely with experienced suppliers and 
subcontractors to deliver quality products and 
workmanship and to maintain a strong, 
sustainable supply chain.

Maintain a quality land bank 
We have a clearly defined strategy, 
experienced personnel and the 
ability to act quickly if required, 
enabling opportunities and returns 
to be optimised.

Produce a quality product
Design is an integral part of our 
business. We incorporate proven 
products, use experienced 
subcontractors along with 
experienced site management and 
quality assurance personnel.

Industry leading sales  
and marketing 
Sales and marketing is key to 
Redrow’s success; from our award 
winning website to the unique 
My Redrow experience. These 
strengths are complemented by 
rigorous sales training and customer 
service that ensures we optimise 
sales and margins.

Improve returns
Our aim is to deliver significant 
improvement in shareholder returns.

Excellent customer service
We work hard to delight our customers at every 
stage in their home buying process from the very 
first point of contact with our sales consultants 
through to moving into their new home and 
beyond. Our highly trained site managers and 
customer service teams deliver excellent 
customer care throughout.

Underpinned by a series of relationships

High standards in Health & Safety
We have our own in-house dedicated Health & 
Safety team who conduct regular Health & 
Safety audits, providing training and support to 
our teams on site on all our developments.

Training for the future
We have a purpose built training centre and a 
dedicated training team aimed at developing our 
people to support the growth of our business and 
the future of the industry.

Our model is underpinned by

Measuring our performance – KPIs

Key performance 
indicators 
We have four key performance 
indicators to help measure the 
performance of our business 
and a larger number of 
performance indicators 
to support these.

Risk management 
Our risk management 
framework provides a 
structured and consistent 
process for identifying, 
assessing and responding 
to risks.

Governance 
We remain committed to 
high standards of corporate 
governance. Our Main Board has 
a balance of Executive Directors 
and Non-Executive Directors.

Sustainability
We aim to be a responsible, 
profitable business; reducing our 
negative effects and increasing 
our positive effects on both 
people and the environment.

  Read more on page 30

  Read more on page 33

  Read more on page 48

  Read more on page 38

6 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Be a more sustainable 
business
Trainees in workforce (%)

5
1

4
1
0  
1

7
1

T
A
R
G
E
T

Increase EPS*

Improve ROCE

Deliver revenue growth

EPS (p)

ROCE (%)

Revenue (£m)

.

6
8
2

.

6
5
1

.

8
0
1

.

0
8
4

T
A
R
G
E
T

.

0
8
1

.

2
2
1

7
8

.

.

0
0
2

T
A
R
G
E
T

5
0
6

9
7
4

0
0
3
1
5  
6
8

,

T
A
R
G
E
T

2012 2013 2014 2017

2012 2013 2014 2017

2012 2013 2014 2017

2012 2013 2014 2017

*  Excludes exceptional items and deferred tax rate changes

7 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report 
Our investment case

Success is based on acquiring and adding value 
to land for the benefit of investors, customers, 
employees and suppliers, as well as for the good 
of our local communities. 
Redrow creates environments that stand the test 
of time and which people can appreciate and enjoy.

Why choose  
Redrow?

Successful  
leadership team
Redrow’s strong, experienced and 
successful leadership team, 
together with its management 
structure, fosters a coherent and 
timely approach to implementing 
strategy and delivering results. 
Career development is encouraged 
through training.

Excellent product 
range 
Redrow’s portfolio of brands have 
excellent kerb appeal. Customer 
feedback about our product is 
very positive and this is endorsed 
by our award winning pedigree.

Expertise in 
land buying
Redrow has the expertise and 
resources to enable land buying 
opportunities to be taken and 
returns to be optimised.

Key highlights

•  15% of workforce on structured 

•  Abode Collection launched

•  c.6,100 plots added to 

training programmes

•  Regent Collection first legal 

current land bank

•  12% of workforce on personal 

completions achieved

•  Over 2,100 plots pulled through 

development plans

from forward land bank

How we  
measure  
performance

Proportion of first time 
director appointments from 
internal promotions 

Customer satisfaction rating 

Forward land pull through
Number of plots
+100%

1
9
9
1

,

9
3
1
2

,

8
6
0
1

,

8
3
3

7
0
2

50%

+11%

8 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Davington Park, Kent

A strong and 
efficient  
balance sheet 
Redrow has a strong balance sheet 
with net assets of £696m and a 
balance of equity and debt. The Group 
is focused on delivering superior levels 
of return on capital and an efficient 
use of its capital base.

Responding to 
customers’ demands
By listening to and understanding 
our customers’ requirements, we 
continue to evolve our product and 
customer services. This involves 
delivering sites in new locations, 
house design, broadening our 
channels to market and online 
interaction, to increasing our selection 
of options to allow customers to 
personalise their new homes.

Corporate 
sustainability  
and responsibility
We aim to continuously improve 
in all aspects of sustainability: 
in terms of design, customer 
satisfaction, developing our 
people and enhancing communities 
whilst minimising our impact on  
the environment.

•  Increased committed banking 

facilities to £365m from £250m

•  £6.0m extras sold; 95% 
increase on 2013 levels

•  First sustainability report 

published

•  Net assets increased by 14% to 

•  12% growth in outlets to 103 

•  Awarded Phase 2 certification 

£696m

at June 2014

of BS8555 

 Go to page 45

•  ROE up 67% to 20.5%

•  27% growth in Homes achieved 

legal completions

Net assets

£696m

+14%

6
9
6

9
0
6

2
6
5

6
3
4

9
5
4

Homes legal completions

3,597

+27%

7
9
5
3

,

7
8
5
2

,

6
2
6
2

,

8
5
4
2

,

7
2
8
2

,

Site management 
with Health and Safety 
Executive referenced
Site Managers Safety 
Scheme accreditation

65%

Responsibly sourced timber

99.6%

10

11

12

13

14

10

11

12

13

14

10

11

12

13

14

9 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Strategic report 
Performance 

10 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Kingston Riverside, London

11 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Our rich heritage

2014 is Redrow’s 40th anniversary year. Our timeline highlights our major 
achievements, how we’ve responded to industry challenges and how our 
business has grown successfully over the last four decades.

1974

1979

1980

1982

1984

1985

Steve Morgan, aged 21, forms a civil engineering 
company called Redrow, the name originating 
from a combination of his address Redwood Drive 
and former address Harrow Drive.

Redrow wins its largest contract to date, 
which later becomes a £1m contract.

Redrow’s first purpose built office 
and workshop.

Redrow’s first major housing 
development in Denbigh.

Redrow continues its contracting 
– Wellfield Centre, Bangor.

Redrow establishes its first 
regional office in the Midlands.

1991

1990

1989

1988

1987

1986

Regional expansion – Redrow Yorkshire 
and South Wales are established.

In March, Redrow relocates 
its headquarters to the purpose 
built St David’s Park.

New showhomes open at Redrow’s 
flagship St David’s Park development 
in North East Wales.

With the housing bubble about to burst, 
Redrow makes a timely exit from the South 
East and invests its resources in other areas 
including establishing Redrow South West.

Redrow’s first major acquisition – Whelmar 
Homes, almost doubling the size of the business.

Ashford, Kent – Redrow’s first 
showhome in the South East.

1992

1993

1994

1996

1997

1999

Redrow attacks the depressed housing market 
by redesigning its product. The Heritage Range 
was later launched in January 1993.

Redrow re-enters the South East market 
with the acquisition of Costain Homes.

Redrow floats on the Stock Market 
and becomes a public limited 
company on 17 May.

Redrow is lead developer in creating Dickens Heath, 
becoming the most significant and prestigious new 
residential settlement in the West Midlands.

Redrow re-launches it Heritage Range with a core 
focus on 1930s architecture. This helps the company 
win the 1997 Housebuilder of the Year award.

A growing reputation for a quality 
product and Housebuilder of the 
Year awarded third year running.

2008

2006

2004

2003

2002

2000

Read more in the  
Chairman's statement  
on page 14 and 
see Redrow's 
continued progress.

Banking crisis shakes the world economy, 
Redrow declares a £194m loss. The workforce 
is halved and five regional offices closed.

Redrow welcomes its 
50,000th customer.

Heritage Range phased out. 
Signature Range launched.

Encouraged by government policy, 
Redrow increases density across its sites.

Redrow acquires Tay Homes.

12 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Steve Morgan leaves Redrow to pursue other 
interests. Redrow ‘In the City’ is launched at 
Millennium Wharf, London Docklands.

13 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Chairman’s statement

“I am delighted to report a significant 
increase in turnover and pre-tax profits, 
both a record for the Group.”

November 2014 marks the 40th anniversary since I founded 
Redrow and it is now five years since I returned to the 
business. It is quite fitting and pleasing, therefore, that I am 
able to report a significant increase in turnover and pre-tax 
profits, both of which are a record for the Group.

Highlights
•  Record pre-tax profits of £132.6m, up 91%
•  ROCE up 48% to 18%
•  15% of workforce on structured training programme

Steve Morgan
Chairman

Financial Results
Group revenue rose 43% to a record £865m (2013: £605m) 
for the financial year. This resulted from a 27% rise in legal 
completions to 3,597 (2013: 2,827) and a 13% rise in 
average selling price to £239,500 (2013: £212,300).

Gross margin improved from 18.8% to 21.7% as 80% of our 
sales volume came from sites purchased post the downturn 
on which we have made normal margins.

Operating profit was £137.5m (2013: £73.2m pre exceptional 
expenses) an increase of 88%. This represents an operating 
margin of 15.9% compared to 12.1% in the prior year.

Operating expenses continue to increase in absolute terms 
due to our ongoing investment in growing the business. 
However, as a percentage of turnover they reduced from 
6.7% in 2013 to 5.8% in 2014.

Profit before tax increased by 91% to £132.6m (2013: 
£69.4m) giving a pre-tax return on sales of 15.3% (2013: 
11.5%). Underlying earnings per share were 28.6p, up 83% 
on last year.

Net assets increased 14% to £696m (2013: £609m) and 
Capital Employed rose 24% to £868m (2013: £700m). As a 
consequence, Return on Capital Employed rose from 12.2% 
last year to 18% in 2014 and Return on Equity similarly rose 
from 12.3% to 20.5%.

Due to ongoing investment in land and work in progress 
net debt rose to £173m at the end of the financial year, 
representing gearing of 24.8% (2013: 14.9%). We expect 
net debt to increase further in line with ongoing 
inventory investment.

As a result of this strong performance, whilst at the same 
time continuing to invest in growth, the Board is proposing 
a final dividend of 2p per share (2013: 1p). Subject to 
shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting, this 
will be paid on 14 November 2014 to those shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on 26 September 2014.

Market
The housing market has been robust throughout the last 
financial year as the Government’s Help to Buy schemes have 
enabled many people to purchase their own home for the 
first time. During the year 1,023 (35%) of our private legal 
completions were under the Help to Buy scheme (2013: 82). 
A large proportion of these were first time buyers and over 
half were in the north of England. As these statistics show, 
Help to Buy is providing assistance where it is needed most. 

The continued growth of the business, accelerated by the 
Help to Buy scheme, has enabled us to further increase 
our workforce. In the last year we have added over 230 
direct jobs across all disciplines, an increase of 21%. The 
number is substantially higher when indirect jobs from 
our subcontractors and suppliers are taken into account. 
The increase in new homes activity is undoubtedly creating 
economic growth from which the country is benefiting.

Mortgage availability has also improved and we welcome 
the introduction of the Mortgage Market Review (MMR) 
which should ensure prudent and sustainable lending for 
the long term.

The summer months of 2013 saw Help to Buy activity at its 
peak, with reservations running at particularly high levels. 
This year the period from 1st July to date has seen a more 
normal summer selling pattern.

The sales rate for the last financial year reached a level of 
0.70 per week (2013: 0.62). Now that Help to Buy has settled 
down we do not expect any further increases in sales per 
outlet. Further growth in the business now needs to come 
primarily from growth in outlets rather than sales rate. 

An increase in the number of outlets is absolutely necessary 
to enable Redrow, and indeed the house building industry, 
to increase the supply of new homes to meet the country’s 
needs. At the end of June 2014 we were operating from a 
total of 103 outlets, which is a 12% increase over June 2013 
(92 outlets).

In total, the value of private reservations secured during the 
year amounted to just over £1bn, an increase of 53% over 
the previous year. All regions performed well and our order 
book at the end of June was a record £482m (June 2013: 
£260m), an increase of 85%.

Steve Morgan returns to the business and 
immediately re-opens sites. Offices are re-opened 
in Yorkshire, North West and South Midlands 
regions, employing many of the previous staff.

2009

14 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

In October 2009 Redrow completed a £150m 
Rights Issue and purchased Harrow Estates, 
a specialist land solutions business.

2009

Redrow returns to its roots with the 
launch of The New Heritage Collection. 
Redrow TV is introduced, a first in the 
UK housing industry.

2010

Redrow sells off its Scottish business and 
establishes a London division investing 
in exciting new projects.

2011

15 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Chairman’s statement continued

I am delighted to report that our London division made 
its first significant contribution to the Group, generating 
£124m of revenue in the year. In total there were 293 legal 
completions, including 70 affordable apartments, from 
our developments at One Commercial Street and 
Kingston Riverside.

Due to the growth of the London business, the percentage 
of private turnover represented by our primary brand, 
The Heritage Collection, reduced as expected to 77%. 
In 2014 we launched a new contemporary housing brand, 
Abode, which has been very well received by customers. 
Additional information on this can be found in the 
Operating review. We expect to gradually roll out both 
Abode and the Regent Collection, which was announced last 
year. The new brands, together with the continuing growth 
of London, will result in the Heritage Collection reducing to 
about 70% of completions during the year. The average 
selling price of a Heritage home is now £257,300, 11% higher 
than last year due to mix change, more completions in the 
south and some modest price inflation.

Land and Planning
During the year we secured a total of 6,092 new plots, of 
which 2,139 were converted from our forward land bank. 
At June 2014 our current land bank totalled 16,724 plots, 
an 18% increase on the previous year. The average plot cost 
has risen to £63,000 (2013: £57,000) primarily as a result 
of a higher percentage of land being in the south. This figure, 
however, represents 23% of our current average selling 
price, broadly in line with previous years. The percentage 
of provisioned land has continued to decrease from 13% 
in 2013 to 6% at the end of June 2014. By June 2015 it will 
be immaterial.

As part of the planning process and construction of new 
homes, Redrow delivered some £113m of value to the 
communities local to our sites through a range of material 
contributions. This includes the delivery of £96m of much 
needed social or affordable housing, as well as significant 
contributions and investment in schools, healthcare, sports 
and leisure and other community facilities. 

We exchanged contracts in December last year to acquire the 
Peel Centre, which is the former Police Training Headquarters 
in Hendon, which is Redrow’s largest and most significant 
acquisition to date. A planning application has now been 
submitted to the London Borough of Barnet for c.2,600 new 
homes; however, until the site receives planning permission 
this is only included in our forward land.

Converting the increased land holdings into new sites 
remains a key challenge for the Group. The current system 
of converting allocated sites or outline planning consents 
into implementable planning consents remains a slow and 
tedious process and represents the biggest single obstacle 
to increasing the number of outlets.

We strongly welcome the opportunity to engage with the 
Government through the current “Technical Consultation on 
Planning” which focuses on numerous issues relating to the 
plan-led system. The consultation paper seeks to reduce the 
current red tape, which prevents a quick start on sites where 
planning has been obtained. This removal of unnecessary 
red tape is fundamental to increasing the number of homes 
built each year.

We had a successful year in the management of our forward 
land holdings, pulling through 2,139 plots across 18 sites 
into current land. We also added 5,300 additional plots 
to the land bank and following a strategic review of the 
existing holdings we now have a total forward land bank 
of 28,250 plots, around 18,000 of which are allocated in 
emerging plans.

People
The shortage of skilled people in our industry is another 
obstacle to preventing increased output in line with demand. 
I am proud that Redrow continues to be at the forefront in 
training the next generation of skilled workers at all levels. 
During the year we have recruited 48 apprentices, 26 
graduates and 8 technical trainees. In total 15% (2013: 14%) 
of our workforce are on a structured training programme, 
setting the standard for the house building industry.

I am delighted to welcome Liz Peace CBE as a Non-Executive 
Director, who joined with effect from the 1st September 
2014. Liz is shortly to retire after 12 years as the CEO of the 
British Property Federation; prior to this she had a long and 
distinguished career in the Civil Service. Liz will Chair the 
Group’s Sustainability Committee. 

As previously reported, Alan Jackson, Deputy Chairman and 
Senior Non-Executive Director, retired from the Board on 
the 1st September on Liz’s appointment. Alan’s advice and 
support over the last five years has been invaluable during 
a time when the Group has seen a phenomenal turnaround 
in its performance. I and my colleagues would like to thank 
Alan for his significant contribution and wish him every 
success in the future.

Now that Alan has retired, Debbie Hewitt has taken over 
as Senior Non-Executive Director.

By any standards Redrow’s performance this last year and 
indeed over the last few years has been exceptional and has 
been achieved due to the hard work and commitment of our 
team. I would like to thank them all for their support.

Current Trading and Outlook
The introduction of the new MMR rules has undoubtedly 
moderated the market, which has returned to a more 
seasonal pattern of activity. Many of our sites entered the 
summer period almost fully sold up for the 2014 calendar 
year and this lack of availability has also undoubtedly affected 
this summer’s sales rate. Ironically, this compares with a very 
strong period last year when Help to Buy was at its peak. 
Since the end of June the sales rate has been 0.64, compared 
to the average of 0.70 for the last financial year. In total, 
private legal completions to date, together with the current 
order book, are running some 40% ahead of last year.

We have substantially increased our land bank, which should 
see a good growth in the number of outlets during the year. 
This, combined with our strong order book, leaves me 
confident that the Group will see another year of 
significant progress.

Steve Morgan
Chairman 
1 September 2014  

The New Heritage Collection continues 
to be rolled-out, returning Redrow to 
its traditional market of family homes.

2011

16 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Regent Collection launched 
at our Ratio development in 
Slade Green, Kent.

2012

Redrow opens new Southern 
Counties division.

2013

Redrow delivers record 
turnover and profits.

2014 Read more in the Operating 

review on page 18.

17 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Operating review

“We have positioned ourselves to 
increase output to meet the nation’s 
demand for more new homes.”

Highlights
•  First major contribution from London developments
•  Outlets increased to 103 at June 2014
•  Over 230 directly employed new jobs created

John Tutte
Group Chief Executive 

Introduction
Everyone at Redrow is immensely proud of our achievements during 
our 40th anniversary year. As well as delivering record turnover and 
profits, we have expanded our business creating over 230 new jobs 
and developing the careers of many more of those that work for us. 
We have increased the number of outlets from which we operate 
and substantially grown our land bank. The product range has been 
broadened and our London division has made its first significant 
contribution to the Group’s results. We retained our five stars rating 
in the annual HBF Customer Satisfaction Survey and made good 
progress against our targets to make our business more sustainable. 
Above all, we have positioned ourselves to increase output to meet 
the nation’s demand for more new homes.

The Market
The financial year started strongly following the launch of the highly 
successful government’s Help to Buy scheme which resulted in the 
peak selling season for new homes extending through the summer 
of 2013. Mortgage approvals steadily increased throughout the first 
half of the financial year and peaked in January before falling back 
with a modest recovery in June. More stringent lending rules 
introduced in April 2014 as a result of the Mortgage Market Review 
(MMR) have affected borrowers and in particular the time taken to 
process mortgage applications.

Help to Buy Wales was launched in January of this year and 
provided a much needed lift to a depressed market. 

House prices according to Land Registry rose 6.4% across England and 
Wales in the twelve months to the end of June with the strongest 
growth in London and the weakest in the North East. There are signs 
that price rises are now moderating, particularly in London. 

Against an extraordinarily strong comparable period last year, new 
home sales in recent months have returned to a more seasonal trend.

Delivering Strong Growth
Net private reservations increased by 28% in the year to 3,455 as 
a result of the weekly sales rate increasing by 13% to 0.70 and the 
average number of outlets from which we operated rising by 13% 
to 94. The increased number of reservations combined with a higher 

average selling price resulted in over £1bn of private reservations 
being taken in the year. The use of incentives reduced and the 
cancellation rate was just 13% compared to 16% the previous year. 
As a result of this strong sales performance we enter the new financial 
year with a private forward order book of 1,322 plots representing 
£482m of revenue: £222m ahead of the same time last year.

With most of our outlets holding healthy forward order books 
we now expect the private sales rate per outlet per week to 
reduce compared to last year which was boosted by the initial 
Help to Buy take-up. 

The strong sales performance in the year resulted in private legal 
completions rising by 20% to 2,963 from 2,474. Social housing 
completions increased by 80% to 634 and represented 18% of total 
completions which rose to 3,597 (2013: 2,827).

The private average selling price increased by 19% to £269,600 
whilst the average social selling price fell by 8% to £98,800 due to 
a larger proportion of apartments. The overall average selling price 
increased by 13% to £239,500 and together with the increase in 
volume helped lift turnover to a record £865m.

The average selling price increased due to mix, changing geographical 
spread and a modest level of house price inflation. We expect to see 
the average selling price continue to rise in financial year 2015 as 
more higher-priced homes are completed in London.

Help to Buy accounted for 35% of private completions in the year and 
was particularly popular in our divisions in the Midlands and North.

Profits grew strongly in the year as the number of completions from 
plots on impaired land reduced and more new sites acquired since 

Strategy in action – Kingston Riverside, Kingston upon Thames, London

The Heritage Collection has been critical to our 
success, representing 80% of our private legal 
completions in 2014.

18 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Redrow celebrates its 40th anniversary. 

2014

Kingston Riverside is Redrow London’s landmark 
waterside development located on the banks of 
the Thames, just moments from Kingston Bridge. 
Standing at 11 and 16 storeys in height, it is the 
tallest residential development in Kingston boasting 
striking architecture designed to resemble the sails 
of a ship.

The development’s two towers comprise 210 one, 
two and three bedroom luxury apartments, 108 of 

which legally completed in 2014. Kingston Riverside 
is already 90% sold.

All the apartments are designed to maximise the 
pleasure of riverside living and feature spacious 
balconies and floor to ceiling windows to maximise 
light. Residents also have access to a communal 
sky garden offering magnificent views of the river.

 See view on pages 10 and 11.

2014

19 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Operating review continued

the downturn came on-stream. Operating margins increased to 
15.9% which helped improve return on capital employed a key 
measure for the Group, to 18%. Operating expenses increased 
in absolute terms reflecting ongoing investment in growing the 
business but reduced as a percentage of turnover to 5.8% 
(2013: 6.7%).

Investing for the Future
To further expand our presence in the south we opened a new 
Southern Counties division based in Camberley at the start of 
the financial year. We also opened a new West Country division 
operating from an office in Exeter in July 2014 to capitalise on the 
exceptional growth we have achieved in the South West region. 

Strategy in action – Land acquisition, Ebbsfleet

London made its first significant contribution to Group turnover 
and profits. The division delivered 293 legal completions including 
70 social plots at One Commercial Street and accounted for 
£124m of Group turnover. London and our divisions in the south 
accounted for over 50% of Group revenues in 2014 reflecting the 
significant land investment we have made in this geographical area 
in recent years.

Harrow Estates made progress on a number of fronts during the 
year. The option at Horsforth in Leeds was exercised and the site 
transferred to the local Homes’ division. Planning permissions were 
achieved at appeal on two sites in Hartford, Cheshire for a total 
of 650 plots with development already underway on one, and the 
final environmental clearances have been received at Hauxton, 
Cambridge which clears the way for a start on site in 2015.

Harrow also realised a land profit of £2.8m and acquired an interest 
in a site for 180 plots through its Joint Venture.

A new site with the potential for 250 plots was also acquired during 
the year.   

Redrow London makes its first significant 
contribution to Group results with completions 
from its first major developments at One 
Commercial Street and Kingston Riverside.

We opened 44 new outlets in the year and closed 33 increasing the 
number of active outlets to 103 at the financial year-end. Increasing 
outlets is fundamental to our future underlying growth strategy but 
planning delays continue to be an obstacle to bringing more outlets 
on-stream. We therefore very much welcome the government’s 
latest published technical consultation on planning that amongst 
other things seeks to reduce the number of planning conditions 
imposed and the time it takes to discharge them. 

During the year we acquired 6,092 plots across 54 new sites. 
Of these, 2,139 on 18 sites were pulled-through from our Forward 
Land bank. These new sites will ensure we are able to continue to 
increase the number of outlets from which we operate to both grow 
the business and compensate for an anticipated easing in the private 
sales rate per outlet.

After accounting for legal completions, re-plans and a land sale, 
the current owned and contracted land bank increased by 2,562 
plots to 16,724 plots, representing c.£4bn of future revenues. 

We also continued to invest in Forward Land and after transfers 
to the current land bank and our normal strategic review, we 
increased the number of plots allocated or with a realistic prospect 
of gaining planning to 28,245 (2013: 26,024). We anticipate our 
strong performance in pulling-through Forward Land will continue 
throughout the coming year.

Geographically land investment remains weighted to the south 
where, including London, the owned and contracted land bank 
stands at 8,967 plots representing over half the Group’s holdings. 
Additionally we exchanged contracts with MOPAC (Mayor’s Office 
for Policing and Crime) to acquire the former Metropolitan Police 
Training Centre at Hendon. Following detailed negotiations with 
the London Borough of Barnet and the GLA and a series of public 
consultations, the site which extends to 50 acres is expected to gain 
a mixed-use planning permission in 2015 for c.2,600 new homes. 

In addition to our ten London division sites, we have increased our 
presence in the outskirts of the Capital. We now have five sites 
managed by our South East and Southern Counties divisions within 
the M25, including a joint venture in Croydon where we are currently 
underway on the first phase of a large-scale regeneration project.

We have also made good progress on the site for up to 950 homes 
we have under contract in Ebbsfleet which will become part of 
the Government’s flagship new Garden City. Outline planning 
permission was granted by Dartford Borough Council earlier in the 
year and we anticipate making a start on site in 2015. Similarly 
Harrow Estates is moving forward positively with Stockport Council 
on the large site we own outright at Woodford Aerodrome south 
of Manchester where we have a resolution to grant planning 
permission for c.920 plots and again expect to be on site 
sometime in 2015. 

2014

20 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Redrow entered into a development agreement 
with National Grid in June 2013 in respect of a large 
substation site at Ebbsfleet. The 38 hectare site is 
ideally located next to the Ebbsfleet International 
Station. The site represents a key part of an 
important strategic opportunity for growth due 
to its location within the proposed Ebbsfleet 
Garden City which was recently announced by 
the Government. 

Outline planning for a residential-led mixed use 
scheme comprising up to 950 new homes and 

primary school, hotel and leisure activities, 
community hall, local shops and pub and open 
space was successfully obtained in March 2014 
after extensive stakeholder consultation involving 
the local community. 

Currently our design team are working towards 
finalising details for the development for final 
planning approval. Work on site is expected to start 
in summer 2015 with the land being acquired in 
phases across the lifetime of the development.

Putting the Customer First
Our customers are at the centre of our business through the 
communities we create, the homes we build and the service we 
provide: we are determined to give our customers the experience 
they expect from a renowned premium home builder.

Our developments are designed to create great places to live that 
will stand the test of time. Places in which people are proud to own 
a home, keen to protect the quality of the local environment and 
feel encouraged to be part of the community. 

The Heritage Collection has been critical to our success and the 
turnaround we have delivered over the past five years. We continue 
to develop and improve the range in response to our customers’ 
feedback and to incorporate changing trends in lifestyle, technology 
and interior design. In 2014 the Heritage Collection accounted for 
80% of private completions.

Whilst the Heritage Collection will remain our dominant ‘brand’ 
we expect to see it reduce as a proportion of our overall business 
as we bring on-stream more bespoke developments and new brands 
of product. We recognise there is a place for alternative designs that 
either reach out to a wider customer base or respond to particular 
site constraints and market demands. Over the past year we have 
seen the number of bespoke apartments we build increase and we 
have introduced and completed the first homes from two new 
brands.

The Regent Collection has many of the characteristics of the 
Heritage Collection: it has attractive traditional elevations 
complemented with modern spacious interiors. It appeals to a 
market where there is demand for more densely plotted well-
designed homes generally in urban locations. On sites such as 
Wilton in Wiltshire, we are able to combine the Regent Collection 
alongside the Heritage Collection to broaden our target markets. 

2014

21 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Operating review continued

Strategy in action – Abode

Strategy in action – e-learning

In January 2014 we opened the first showhome 
for our new Abode Collection, featuring distinctly 
modern designs. Abode appeals to people who 
want contemporary clean lines and open plan living.

Abode homes feature highly specified, open plan 
living spaces and contemporary features such as 

underfloor heating and wet rooms. Exteriors present 
uncluttered and smart facades whilst the interiors 
have been meticulously planned to make the most 
of the space and provide the functionality modern 
life demands.

Our brand new range Abode is conceptually different to the 
Heritage and Regent Collections. Abode has contemporary 
elevations and extensive open plan living space with high ceilings 
and bedrooms with walk-in wet rooms. Underfloor heating as 
standard on the ground floor gives more flexibility for furnishing and 
built-in storage cabinets and workstations help to make the best use 
of space. A high quality kitchen area is at the centre of the open 
plan design. The branding and marketing of Abode is also very 
different. Strong fresh colours accentuate the contemporary designs 
and sales hubs make use of handheld technology: Abode appeals to 

customers looking for a different style of living. Our first Abode site 
is selling well and we expect to roll-out new sites in 2015.

We know our customers appreciate our award winning homes and 
we are determined to also provide them with an award winning 
level of service. Last year 93% of our customers when surveyed 
independently said they would recommend us to a friend and for 
the fourth year running we were awarded a maximum five stars in 
the HBF Annual Customer Satisfaction Survey. But we want and 
have targeted ourselves to do better.

Last year we announced the launch of My Redrow which allows our 
customers to manage their buying journey with us: from booking 
appointments with Sales Consultants to making choices and buying 
options online. Last year more and more of our customers chose 
to buy extras online and we continue to extend the list of options 
available. Eventually My Redrow will become the personal one-stop 
facility for our customers giving them online access to manage and 
monitor their buying and aftersales service. As part of this process 
we have embarked upon a complete review of how we currently 
communicate with our customers and expect to roll-out a friendlier, 
more responsive and engaging service in 2015.

Building Efficiently, Responsibly and Sustainably
Responding to a stronger market has been challenging for us and 
the industry. Last year excluding our London sites where we 
outsource construction, we built 3,394 units of output, a 400 units 
and 13% increase on the previous year. Early in the financial year 
trade and material shortages emerged. Brick and block producers 
were overwhelmed with demand and unable to increase capacity 
in the short term. As a result lead-times became extended across a 
number of products. Our long-standing partnerships with our brick 

2015

Redrow’s new contemporary brand, Abode, 
is launched in 2014 with the first showhome 
opened in Buckley, Flintshire. We expect to  
roll-out new sites in 2015.

22 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

During 2014 we have made a significant 
investment in developing e-learning and are 
rolling this out across the business. This enables 
all our employees to access engaging, interactive 
training direct to their PC, laptop or tablet.

and block suppliers gave us a degree of protection and we managed 
to avoid serious delays to our build programmes and were able to 
deliver a more even spread of completions throughout the year. 
Trades were also in short supply, particularly but not limited to 
bricklayers where we have seen significant increases in rates. 
As more production capacity comes on-stream we expect to see 
material shortages easing over the coming months, we do however 
anticipate trade shortages will continue until the industry is able to 
address the underlying failure to attract more young people into the 
industry to grow and replace the ageing workforce. Material and 
trade shortages have impacted costs from their benign base and 
we have seen like-for-like build costs increase on average by around 
5% over the past year. 

Our customers expect us to build their new home to a high 
standard and our key external measure of quality is the number 
of Reportable Items per NHBC inspection. In 2014 the average 
number of Reportable Items per inspection was 0.21 (2013: 0.21) 
and remained below the industry average of 0.25.

Fourteen of our site managers recently won NHBC Pride in the Job 
Awards, an increase of two on the previous year. Two of our site 
managers also won NHBC Health and Safety Awards.

We are committed to ensuring our sites are a safe place to work. 
It is therefore with much regret and sadness that I have to report 
there was a fatal accident involving one of our subcontractors on 
site last year. We are fully co-operating with the investigation 
that is being undertaken by the Health and Safety Executive 
and our condolences and support have been offered to the 
subcontractor’s family.

Last year we published our first major report on sustainability and 
set ourselves a number of targets to achieve by 2018. Aspirations 
2018 set targets across five key parts of our business: Design, 
Customers, Community, People and Environment. We have made 
good progress against many of these targets. We managed to divert 
94% of waste from landfill and virtually all of our timber was 
responsibly sourced. We recently passed our first independent 
environmental audit and achieved level 2 of the British Standard 
(8555) Environmental Management System. 

Our developments continue to be more environmentally sustainable 
and make wider contributions to local communities. Last year 1,364 
(2013: 720) of our homes were built to Level 3 or above of the Code 
for Sustainable Homes. We also installed renewable heat or electricity 
generation technologies into 23% (2013: 16%) of our homes. 

Our People
As we grow we want our people to grow with us. Our extensive 
training and development programmes allow our people to fulfil 
their career aspirations and it is gratifying to see so many of our 
existing staff stepping-up into more senior roles. During the year our 
staff completed 2,952 days of training, an increase of 10% on the 
previous year. We have introduced e-learning which allows our 
people to train online at their pace and at times to suit them.  

But the rapid growth of the business does mean that we need to 
expand our workforce and last year we created over 230 directly 
employed new jobs and many more in our supply chain. It is 
pleasing to report that many of these new positions were filled 
with people that had previously worked for us.

The industry has a skills shortage. For far too long we have failed to 
attract young people into our industry and tradesmen, technicians 
and managers are now in short supply. Over recent years we have 
introduced recruitment and training programmes to address this: 
15% of our workforce are on structured training and development 
programmes. We have an annual intake of apprentices and now 
employ 84 across the divisions with plans in place to increase this 
further. Once they have mastered their trade we are finding many 
of our apprentices have an appetite to progress further and are 
taking up Trainee Site Assistant positions. We have now also 
launched a Commercial Apprenticeship scheme that allows young 
people seeking a career in quantity surveying to combine work with 
academic study and we have plans to launch a similar scheme for 

The new West Country division will make its first 
contribution to the Group results.

2015

23 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Operating review continued

Strategy in action – Trainees

Site based skills are key to our industry and we support 
skills training wholeheartedly:

•   During 2014 we employed over 70 craft apprentices
•   Our Site Apprentice scheme lasts three years and is run 

in partnership with the CITB

•   During 2014 we introduced a structured Trainee Site 
Assistant programme to develop our next generation 
of site management from within

Professional skills are also important to us:

•   In 2014 we extended our Technical and Office 

Apprenticeship schemes

•   We developed our new Commercial Higher 

Apprenticeship programme in conjunction with the 
Chartered Surveyors Training Trust which will launch 
in 2015

•   We introduced a Head Office Graduate programme

We have integrated a community project into all our 
training programmes. These develop team building and 
leadership skills whilst benefiting local communities. 
In April this year our graduate trainees refurbished 
accommodation for LATCH. LATCH provides patients at 
the Children’s Hospital for Wales and their families with 
medical, social and welfare support.

those looking for a career in design and engineering. Our graduate 
programme has also expanded: this year we have increased our 
intake to 26 including our placement programme offering 
undergraduates the opportunity to gain work experience. 
Addressing the undersupply of skills in the industry will take some 
time to correct but we are determined to do our share and in the 
process develop the people and range of skills our business needs 
for the future.

A shortage of skilled people means that talent is in demand. Last 
year overall staff turnover was 12% and broadly unchanged from 
the previous year with a significantly lower level amongst our senior 
managers. Creating a work environment where our people can 
prosper, feel valued and be rewarded for doing a job well is essential 
to retaining talented people and during the course of the year we 
undertook a detailed survey of our staff to assess what we do 
well and where we could do better. Overall the feedback was 
constructive and positive and is now helping us to shape and 
improve the way we recruit, manage and communicate. 

24 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategy
It is widely accepted that there is a chronic shortage of new homes 
being built and the main political parties are all in agreement this 
must be addressed. This underlying demand for new homes, 
combined with a steadily improving economy and the Government’s 
decision to extend Help to Buy until 2020, gives us the confidence 
we should continue with our strategy to invest to grow the business. 

Over the past five years our strong growth has been driven by a 
combination of volume growth and increasing our average selling 
price. Volume growth has been achieved by increased sales rates 
from more active outlets. The average selling price has risen sharply 
due to mix changes mainly as a result of the introduction of the 
Heritage Collection, a shift into higher priced locations and over the 
past year, a modest level of house price inflation. The growth in 
turnover from new sites as a result of this strategy has meant that 
operating margins have recovered towards more normal levels 
despite significant investment in expanding our divisional structure.

Moving forward top-line growth will rely upon operating from more 
outlets and in the shorter term a continuing but slowing increase in 
the average selling price. During the past three years our turnover 
has increased by c.80%: over the next three years we anticipate 
growth to moderate and we are targeting turnover of £1.3bn in 
financial year 2017. We forecast margins will continue to rise as 
we work out the remaining impaired land and we achieve more 
efficient recovery of operating expenses: we are targeting operating 
margins of 18% in 2017. As our profitability improves and we bring 
on-stream more outlets our Return on Capital Employed will also 
improve and we are targeting a minimum of 20% in 2017. 

We have increased our geographical coverage over the past year 
with the opening of new divisions in the south. There remains scope 
for further geographical concentration of our divisions particularly 
in and around London and the south east where we currently 
operate from just three business units. We recently restructured our 
senior management team to focus on the opportunity to grow in 
these areas. Away from the south and south east all of our divisions 
retain capacity to grow. 

The repositioning of our land bank reflects our strategy to grow in 
the south and south east and we now have a range of standard 
product to address our target markets in these areas. We also have 
the expertise and skills required to develop medium-rise apartment 
schemes that we expect to become an increasing proportion of our 
product as we expand into more densely populated urban areas.

40th Anniversary Year
It is approaching 40 years since Steve founded the business in 
November 1974. Much has been achieved over that time but 
perhaps the last five years since Steve’s return to the business stands 
out. During that time we have increased our turnover by 186% and 
turned large losses into record profits. We have doubled the 
workforce and regained our reputation as a ‘premium’ homebuilder 
with a range of award winning homes delivering high standards of 
customer service. We have encouraged more young people to take 
up a career in the industry and developed the careers of those that 
work for us.

Our people have responded magnificently to the widespread 
changes we have introduced over the past five years or so and it 
should not come as a surprise that in our 40th anniversary year they 
are prepared to go the extra mile and do their bit for those that are 
less well off. The Redrow Charity Challenge has seen our people 
generously and enthusiastically help and raise money for those in 
need: I very much thank them for their wonderful work.   

Outlook
With an improving economy, growing but well-regulated mortgage 
availability and the extension of Help to Buy, the prospect for a 
continuing and sustainable recovery in the new homes’ market is 
favourable. We have a strong order book and a healthy pipeline of 
outlets to bring on-stream in 2015 and beyond. We have expanded 
our divisional structure and strengthened our management teams. 
We have a broad range of product and a reputation for quality and 
service. We are very well placed to continue with our successful 
strategy to grow the business.  

John Tutte
Group Chief Executive 
1 September 2014

£1.3bn

First legal completions expected from our joint 
venture regeneration project at Croydon.
2016

First legal completions forecast from our strategic 
redevelopment site at Colindale, NW9.

2016

We are targeting turnover of £1.3bn in 2017.
2017

25 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Financial review

Gross profit increased by £73.9m in 
the year to £187.5m

Highlights
•  Record revenue of £864.5m, up 43%
•  Operating margin up by nearly one third to 15.9%
•  Adjusted EPS up 83% to 28.6p
•  ROE up from 12.3% to 20.5%

Barbara Richmond
Group Finance Director

Revenue by geography (£m) 
2014

■ North  221.4
■ Central  190.9
■ South  452.2
864.5
  Total 

■ North  191.2
■ Central  167.7
■ South 
245.9
604.8
  Total 

2013

26 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Profitability
The Group delivered record revenue of £864.5m (2013: £604.8m) 
and record profit before tax of £132.6m (2013: £69.4m) in the year.

Private homes revenue increased by 42% to £799m (2013: £562m) 
as a result of a 20% increase in private homes legal completions 
and a 19% increase in average selling price. This was the result 
of changes in mix, an increase in legal completions from better 
locations and a small amount of house price inflation.  

 Go to Chart 1

Gross profit increased by £73.9m in the year to £187.5m 
(2013: £113.6m) giving a gross margin of 21.7% (2013: 18.8%). 
This reflects the decrease in the proportion of our homes 
legal completions from provisioned land acquired before the 
downturn from 39% to 20%. We expect the proportion of 
provisioned plots in cost of sales to reduce to a minimal level 
by 2017. 

 Go to Chart 2

The Group generated an operating profit in the year of £137.5m 
(2013: £73.2m pre-exceptional administrative expenses), an 
88% increase. This represents an operating margin of 15.9% 
compared to 12.1% in the prior year and we would expect this to 
continue to improve towards our medium term target operating 
margin of 18%. 

 Go to Chart 3

Net financing costs at £7.7m were £2.1m higher than the prior 
year due to increased interest payable on higher average net 
debt as we continue to invest in land opportunities and increase 
our work in progress in line with the increase in outlets.

The record profit before tax of £132.6m (2013: £69.4m) delivered 
in the year produced a basic underlying adjusted earnings per share 
of 28.6p, up 83% (2013: 15.6p). Basic earnings per share were 
28.3p (2013: 14.6p).

Tax
As a consequence of tax losses brought forward, the Group paid 
no corporation tax in the year (2013: £nil). Looking forward to 
the year ending June 2015 we will begin paying corporation tax 
again on the usual quarterly pattern.

Operating margin bridge (%)* 

Chart 3

Plot cost (%) 

Chart 5

%
9
0

.

%
9
5
1

.

%
0
1

.

%
9
1

.

%
1
2
1

.

Plot cost in Cost of sales as % of ASP
Plot cost in Current land bank as % of ASP

 3.8%

.

1
8
2

.

8
1
2

.

5
4
2

.

0
2
2

.

1
5
2

.

0
2
2

.

4
3
2

.

3
2
2

2013

Provisioned
Plot Reduction

*pre-exceptional

Other

Overhead

2014

2011

2012

2013

2014

The Group’s tax rate for 2014 was 22.50% (2013: 23.75%) before 
taking into account the effect of the reduction in the corporation 
tax rate to 21% on deferred tax assets (£0.8m (2013: £2.0m)).
The normalised rate of tax for the year ending 30 June 2015 is 
projected to be 20.75% reducing to 20% the following year 
based on rates which are substantively enacted currently. 

Dividends
A final dividend of 1.0p per share totalling £3.7m in respect of the 
year ended June 2013 was paid in November 2013, and an interim 
dividend of 1.0p per share in respect of the year ended June 2014 
totalling £3.7m was paid in May 2014. No dividends were paid in 
the prior year. The Board has proposed a 2014 final dividend of 2.0p 
per share totalling £7.4m which will be paid on 14 November 2014.

Balance Sheet
Net assets at 30 June 2014 were £695.7m (2013: £609.2m), a 14% 
increase. Capital employed at the same date was £868.3m (2013: 
£700.2m) an increase of 24%. Our return on capital employed 
increased in the year from 12.2% to 18.0%. However because  

we have utilised bank debt as well as shareholders’ funds in our 
capital employed, our return on equity has increased by 67%  
from 12.3% to 20.5%. 

 Go to Chart 4

Our investment in land increased by 29% in the year to £802.2m 
(2013: £622.0m) producing a 19% increase in our land bank of 
plots owned with planning permission and investment in 
strategic sites. 

 Go to Chart 6

The land market continues to be benign as can be seen from the 
fact that the plot cost of owned and contracted land in the current 
land bank is not significantly higher as a percentage of average 
selling price than the plot cost in cost of sales of those plots legally 
completed this year. 

 Go to Chart 5

Our investment in work in progress increased by 30% in the year 
to £355.0m (2013: £273.5m). This reflected an increase in active 
outlets and further investment in large apartment schemes in 
the South of England.

Chart 1

Percentage of provisioned plots in cost of sales  Chart 2

ROCE v ROE (%) 

%
9
3

%
0
2

%
5
1

%
6

%
4

ROCE
ROE

%
2
2
1

.

%
3
2
1

.

%
7
8

.

%
4
8

.

%
1
6

.

%
7
5

.

Chart 4

%
5
0
2

.

%
0
8
1

.

Current land by geography (number of plots)  Chart 6
2014

■ North  4,639
■ Central  3,118
■ South  8,967
  Total  16,724

■ North  3,473
■ Central  3,309
■ South 
7,380
  Total  14,162

2013

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2011

2012

2013

2014

27 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Financial review continued

Work in progress in London increased by £18m despite a high 
volume of completions in the year as construction is ongoing on 
apartment schemes at Connaught Place, Holland Park, Amberley 
Waterfront and Kingston.

Our net realisable value (NRV) provision on land and WIP 
reduced by £23.8m to £48.2m in the year. Provisioned plots 
represented 6% of our owned land bank at June 2014 (2013: 
13%) and these are expected to decline to an immaterial level 
for the Group at June 2015. 

 Go to Chart 7

Percentage of provisioned plots in land bank  Chart 7

%
3
1

%
6

%
4

%
2

2013

2014

2015

2016

Land creditors increased by £34.1m to £158.4m at June 2014 as 
we continued to be successful in negotiating deferred terms with 
land vendors.

Trade receivables decreased by £7.3m during the year to 
£36.2m (2013: £43.5m) with the receipt of £9.5m of deferred 
consideration from the disposal of our Scotland business which 
took place in June 2011. Other receivables increased by £14.8m 
to £21.6m due mainly to the timing of the recovery of VAT paid 
on land purchases.

Cash Flow and Net Debt
Net debt increased by £81.6m to £172.6m at June 2014 (2013: 
£91.0m) giving gearing of 24.8% at the year-end (2013: 14.9%) 
as we move to a better balance of funding between debt and 
equity. The increase in net debt reflects our investment in land 
and work in progress during the year in line with the growth in 
the business.

As noted in last year’s financial review, on 10 September 2013 
we entered into a new Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of £250m 
maturing in March 2018 on better financial terms than the 
previous RCF. In June 2014, we increased our committed bank 
facilities by £115m to £365m to provide additional funding 
for growth.

Financing and Treasury Management
Financial management at Redrow is conducted centrally using 
policies approved by the Board.

Redrow is a UK based house builder and therefore the main focus 
of its financial risk management surrounds the management of 
liquidity and interest rate risk.

(i) Liquidity
The Group regularly prepares and reviews its cash flow forecasts 
which are used to manage liquidity risks in conjunction with the 
maintenance of appropriate committed banking facilities to 
ensure adequate headroom.

Facilities are kept under regular review and the Group maintains 
regular contact with its banks and other financial institutions; 
this ensures Redrow remains attuned to new developments and 
opportunities and that our facilities remain aligned to our 
strategic and operational objectives and market conditions.

Our current banking syndicate comprises five banks and in 
addition to our committed facilities, Redrow also has further 
uncommitted bank facilities which are used to assist day to day 
cash management.

(ii) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows money 
at floating rates. Redrow uses simple risk management products, 
notably sterling denominated interest rate swaps, as appropriate 
to manage this risk. Such products are not used for speculative 
or trading purposes.

Redrow regularly reviews its hedging requirements. No additional 
hedging was undertaken in the year. The £20m of two year 
sterling interest rate swaps which the Group held matured in 
Spring 2014 and no additional or replacement hedging was 
undertaken in the year. 

Pensions
IAS 19R – Employees Benefits, has been adopted with effect 
from 1 July 2013. This change in accounting standard has been 
adopted retrospectively and the comparative accounts have 
been restated accordingly with minimal impact. As at June 2014, 
the Group’s financial statements showed a £11.0m deficit (2013: 
£3.8m deficit) in respect of the defined benefits section of The 
Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (which closed to future accrual 
with effect from 1 March 2012). The £7.2m increase in the deficit 
is due to an increase in the defined benefit obligations resulting 
from changes in bond yields. Pension benefits are now provided 
via the Redrow Group Personal Pension Plan which is a type of 
defined contribution plan.

Barbara Richmond
Group Finance Director 
1 September 2014

28 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Stretton Green, Cheshire

29 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Performance indicators

Key performance indicators – KPIs

Key performance indicators – KPIs

Be a more sustainable business
Trainees in the workforce (%)

Why we measure it
Trainees are key to developing our 
workforce to support future growth.

Performance
The number of trainees increased 
further as a percentage of the 
workforce in 2014 to 15%. 

How we calculate it
Number of the workforce at year 
end on structured training 
programmes divided by total 
workforce at year end.

5
1
4  
1

0
1

9

EPS (p)*

Why we measure it
Redrow regards growth in underlying 
adjusted earnings per share as an 
important objective for our shareholders.

Performance
Underlying adjusted EPS increased by 
83% on 2013 levels. 

How we calculate it
Profit attributable to ordinary equity 
shareholders (excluding exceptional 
items and deferred tax rate changes) 
divided by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year.

.

6
8
2

.

6
5
1

.

8
0
1

0
6

.

ROCE (%)

Why we measure it
In order to monitor how effectively we 
use our capital base with the objective 
of delivering ROCE in excess of our cost 
of capital.

Performance
Growth in ROCE continued with a 48% 
increase in 2014 on 2013 levels.

How we calculate it
Operating profit before exceptional 
items adjusted for joint ventures as a 
percentage of the average of opening 
and closing capital employed.

7
8

.

1
6

.

Revenue growth (£m)

Why we measure it
Growing our revenue is a key 
component of growing our profits.

.

0
8
1

Performance
Revenue increased by 43% in 2014.

.

2
2
1

How we calculate it
Revenue per the Consolidated 
income statement.

5
6
8

5
0
6

9
7
4

3
5
4

Performance indicators 

Performance indicators 

11

12

13

14

11

12

13

14

11

12

13

14

11

12

13

14

Measure

How we performed

What affected it

2014 results

2013 results

Change

Measure

How we performed

What affected it

2014 results

2013 results

Change

Land & Planning: The land bank is one of the foundations for our future business performance

Sales & Marketing: Outlets define our potential to reach customers

Number of plots in the 
current land bank

Number of plots transferred 
from the forward land bank 
to current land bank in 
the year

Number of plots in the 
forward land bank

We increased our 
current land bank 
by 18% in the year

34% of our current 
land bank additions 
in the year came 
from our forward 
land bank

We increased our 
forward land bank 
by 9% in the year

Increased land 
opportunities

Successful planning 
permission delivery

16,724 
plots

2,139 
plots

14,162  
plots

1,068 
plots

Increased forward 
land opportunities

28,245 
plots

26,024  
plots

Build: We aim to build our homes well and safely and therefore monitor construction quality 
and accident rates

The average numbers 
of reportable items per 
NHBC inspection

This was again 
better than the 
industry average

Significant increase 
in build output

0.21

0.21

Increase in activity

578

456

Continuing focus 
on sustainable 
procurement

99.6%

99.5%

Accident incident rate is 
the number of notifiable 
accidents as a proportion 
of persons at risk

There was an increase 
in the number of 
RIDDOR reportable 
accidents in the year 
in line with increase 
in activity

Responsibly sourced timber We again increased 

this important 
sustainability 
measure

*Excludes exceptional items and deferred tax rate changes.

30 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

The average number of 
developments on which 
we are actively selling

We grew our average 
active outlets by 
13% in the year

Securing planning 
permissions on more 
recently acquired land

94

83

The value of private homes 
reserved or exchanged at 
the end of the period that 
are due to legally complete 
in the future

Private reservation rate 
achieved per outlet 
per week

We grew the value 
of our order book by 
over 85% in the year

Improvement in market, 
location and increase  
in outlets

£482m

£260m

Improvement in market

0.70

0.62

We increased our 
reservation rate per 
outlet by 13% in 
the year

Our Customers: We aim to provide our customers with a home they are proud of and to deliver improving 
levels of customer service that enhance our reputation in the marketplace

Net Promoter Score (NPS) 
is a customer loyalty 
metric. A positive NPS is 
felt to be good. Our figures 
are provided by the NHBC

The percentage of 
customers who would 
recommend Redrow 
to a friend per NHBC 
research

We maintained our 
score in the year

Rising customer 
expectations

39%

39%

We maintained our 
recommended level 
in the year

Rising customer 
expectations

93%

93%

 Positive increase/decrease/no change 

 Negative increase/decrease/no change

31 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Performance indicators continued

Strategic report
Risk management framework

Measure

How we performed

What affected it

2014 results

2013 results

Change

Our People: Redrow looks to be regarded as an employer of choice in the industry and therefore we monitor 
our training provision and staff turnover

Our Risk Assessment and Management Process

Agree Strategic and Financial Objectives

Number of staff leaving as 
a proportion of total staff

Staff turnover in 
the year was broadly 
stable

12.0%

12.2%

Increased opportunities 
within the business 
offsetting pressure of 
increased mobility in the 
job market generally

Number of training days

We increased our 
training days by 10% 
in the year

Increase in employees 
and continuing focus 
on training

2,952
days

2,687 
days

Capital Usage: We monitor how effectively we balance our capital base between debt and equity to optimise 
returns for our shareholders

Executive Board Establish Principal Risks

Assign Risks to Owners

Review by Divisional Management Teams

ROE increased by 
67% on 2013 levels

Increased profitability  
of the Group

20.5%

12.3%

Risks Updated by Owners

Feedback to Owners

ROE – Profit before tax 
before exceptional items 
adjusted for joint ventures 
as a percentage of the 
average of opening and 
closing net assets

Earnings Per Share: Redrow regards growth in Earnings per Share as an important objective for  
our shareholders

EPS increased by 
94% on 2013 levels

Increased profitability of 
the Group

28.3p

14.6p

Profit attributable 
to ordinary equity 
shareholders divided by the 
weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year

Executive Board Review

Audit Committee Sign-off

 Positive increase/decrease/no change 

 Negative increase/decrease/no change

Update Risk Register

Update Policies and Procedures

32 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Our Risk Management Process
Following the strategic and financial objectives being set by the 
Main Board, the key risks are established and aligned to those 
objectives by the Executive Board.

We then go through our risk assessment process in order to 
update the Risk Register. 

Our Risk Assessment Process
Risks are identified in line with the strategic objectives with top 
level risks each having individual owners. 

The Divisional management teams review the risks and controls 
illustrated in the Risk Register and provide feedback to the risk 
owners for their formal annual review. 

Once the Risk Register has been updated and approved by the 
Audit Committee, the updated risks are embedded in our policies 
and procedures, monthly management meetings and weekly 
operational meetings.

In the case of certain risks, we take the opportunity to transfer 
the risk contractually or through the insurance markets.

The risks are scored on their impact and probability, and controls 
are categorised as either a ‘prevent control’ or a ‘detect control’.

A strong mix of these controls ensures the Company has 
the ability to manage the risks to the business effectively.

The risks within the register are then reviewed by the Audit 
Committee to ensure they are appropriate to our business.

33 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
Risk Owner

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Risk

Risk Owner

Key Controls and Mitigating Strategies

Risk Movement

Strategic report
Principal risks and uncertainties 

Risk

Our Market

Housing Market Conditions
The conditions within the UK 
housing market are fundamental 
to Redrow’s business performance

Availability of  
Mortgage Finance
Lending criteria and deposit 
requirements for mortgages 
remain key issues in the 
current environment

Liquidity and funding
The Group requires appropriate 
facilities for its short term liquidity 
and long term funding needs

Group Finance 
Director

Our Capabilities

Sustainability
The need for a holistic and 
sustainable approach to our 
business is fundamental to the 
Group’s future performance

Research & 
Sustainability 
Director

Land procurement
The ability to purchase land 
suitable for our products and the 
timing of future land purchases 
are fundamental to the Group’s 
future performance

Group 
Development 
Director

Planning and regulatory 
environment
The ability to respond and adapt to 
changing planning and regulatory 
environment is key to Redrow’s 
future business performance

Group 
Development 
Director

Group Chief 
Executive

•  Close monitoring of, and proactive management 
response to, key indicators of the housing market.

•  Regional spread of operations diversifies risk to 

local markets.

Group Finance 
Director

•  Proactively engage with Government, lenders and insurers 

to support the new and second hand housing market.

•  Support Government initiatives including Help to Buy 

and Help to Buy ‘Mortgage Guarantee’.

•  New business process for our Sales Teams introduced 
during the year, including the introduction of web 
portals for partners and supporting the changes 
following the Mortgage Market Review.

•  Bank facilities with appropriate covenants and headroom.

•  Capital structure regularly reviewed.

•  Regular contact and communication with investors and 

relationship banks.

•  Regular preparation of strategic plans.

•  Ensure close community engagement in design and planning.

•  Ensure high quality design to deliver sustainable 

communities.

•  Minimise and mitigate any adverse social or 
environmental impacts of our activities.

•  Commit to sustainability targets in procurement, 

construction, the performance of our products and 
carbon emissions, monitored and steered by our 
Corporate Responsibility Committee.

•  Close monitoring of development in building science 

and innovation.

•  Training for our Construction teams on how we work 

within our environment.

•  Clearly defined strategy and long term focus on 

forward land.

•  Close monitoring of market conditions by experienced 

management team.

•  Strong, experienced and knowledgeable land, planning 

and technical teams.

•  Robust, timely and accurate reporting.

•  Close monitoring of planning environment by 

experienced management team. 

•  Local knowledge of Divisional planning and technical teams.

•  Well prepared, high quality planning submissions addressing 

local concerns and demonstrating good design.

•  We hold public consultation meetings to share our 
vision with the community and address local issues.

 Increased risk 

 No change in risk 

 Decreased risk

34 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Our Capabilities continued

Appropriateness of product
The failure to design and build a 
desirable product for our customers 
at the appropriate price may 
undermine Redrow’s ability 
to fulfil its business objectives

Cyber security
Failure of the Group’s IT systems 
and the security of our internal 
systems, data and our websites

Our Relationships

Health and Safety/
environment
A significant Health and Safety or 
environmental incident may put 
people, the environment and 
Redrow’s reputation at risk

Key supplier, main contractor
or subcontractor failure
The failure or inability to expand 
capacity of a key supplier, main 
contractor or subcontractor may 
disrupt Redrow’s ability to manage 
its production process in an 
efficient and cost effective way

Attracting and retaining staff
The loss of key staff and our failure 
to attract high quality employees 
may inhibit Redrow’s ability to 
achieve its business objectives

Human 
Resources 
Director

Group Design 
& Technical 
Director

•  Design is an integral element of our business.

•  We regularly review our product, design and mix on 

developments to ensure it is appropriate for the market.

•  Improved customer engagement through the 

My Redrow section of our website to support our 
customers when purchasing their new homes.

•  The introduction of the Abode Collection.

IT Director

•  Proactive management of software security updates.

•  External audit carrying out penetration testing.

•  Complete backup and disaster recovery strategy.

•  Strong network security controls.

•  Robust, timely and accurate reporting.

Group Health 
& Safety 
Director

•  Dedicated Health and Safety team operates across the 
Group to ensure appropriate standards are applied.

•  Regular site inspections and audits.

•  All staff receive appropriate training through in-house 

and external programmes.

•  Suite of management information.

•  Health and Safety training for our subcontractor partners.

Commercial 
Director

•  Use suppliers, main contractors and subcontractors with 

strong track record and reputation.

•  Close monitoring of supplier, main contractor and 
subcontractor quality and performance through 
annual assessments.

•  Monitoring of new product innovation in the 

market place.

•  Sharing of management information.

•  National training centre.

•  Remuneration strategy regularly reviewed.

•  Personal Development Programmes.

•  Graduate training and undergraduate placement 

programmes.

•  Apprentice training programme including 

office apprentices.

•  Internal communication strategy.

•  Enhanced careers website.

•  Succession planning

Fraud/uninsured losses
A significant fraud or uninsured 
loss could damage the financial 
performance of the business

Finance 
Director 
Operations

•  Systems, policies and procedures designed to segregate 

duties and minimise opportunity for fraud.

•  Regular Business Process Reviews.

•  Timely management reporting and challenge.

•  Business driven insurance strategy.

35 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Barton Park, Northants

37 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report 
Sustainability

36 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Sustainability
A year of progress towards our Vision 

Progress towards targets

In this, our first year since setting 
out our Aspirations 2018 Action 
Plan, we have made good progress 
to deliver our targets. 

2014 highlights

 Design
• Further reduced heat loss from our homes
• Increase in number of homes with renewable 
technologies

 Customers
• Retained HBF 5 Star customer satisfaction rating
• Comprehensive customer care review underway

 Community
• Increased our contributions to local communities
• Increase in homes within 500m of public 
transport node

Our Reporting and Progress
Our Aspirations 2018 Action Plan sets out how we aim to 
grow sustainably as a business, focusing on non-financial 
performance across our value-chain.

We have set objectives and targets to help us achieve this 
growth under the five areas of Design, Customers, Community, 
People and Environment.

We have made good progress across all of these areas 
which will be strengthened in the coming year as we focus 
on improving sustainability communications and delivering 
training for the whole workforce. We are working to ensure 
greater transparency and are progressively increasing the level 
of independent assurance provided across all aspects of our 
sustainability reporting.

Key achievement
Contribution to local communities 
increased 182% to £112.8m

Materiality
We consider our significant issues to be:
• Climate change risk and energy
• Environmental incidents
• Biodiversity impacts
• Developing sustainable communities
• Product life cycle
• Customer engagement
• Supply chain standards

In 2015 we will be engaging with our key stakeholders to 
further assess materiality.

 People
• Expanded our Sustainability team
• Developing sustainability awareness training 
programme
• Increased our trainee and graduate intake

Risk Management
The future performance of the Group depends on incorporating 
sustainability throughout our operations. We continue to identify 
and assess risks facing the business and seek to mitigate them and 
create positive opportunities. Read more on pages 34 and 35.

Sustainable Development Charter for Wales

 Environment
• Reduced carbon emissions relative to build
•  Achieved Environmental Management System 
(EMS) external accreditation
• Made further advances in sourcing of 
responsible timber

38 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Redrow has become the first major housebuilder to sign up 
to the Sustainable Development Charter for Wales.

We are proud to be a signatory to the Charter and we look 
forward to working with other participants through the year 
to share our expertise to develop problem solving solutions 
in this challenging arena.

 Design

The design of our homes and developments  
can have a profound effect on people’s lives; 
impacting on health and well-being, security  
and their sense of community and place. 
Good design can help people to reduce the 
impacts of their day-to-day activities.

Objective

2013

2014

Progress 
towards 
2018 
target

2018  
target

Public open space 
created

>60  
hectares

110  
hectares

Continual 
Investment

Heat loss from 
home

53% better  
than 1970s

54% better  
than 1970s

66% better  
than 1970s

Public Open Space
As well as nearly doubling the amount of public open space we 
have created since 2013, we are also focused on ensuring that 
these spaces are designed to the highest standards to enhance 
the quality of life of our customers and the local communities. 
Design considerations include: safe pedestrian and cycle routes 
linking amenities; play areas for children and teenagers; spaces to 
encourage biodiversity and community spaces including seating, 
fit-trails and public art.

Heat Loss from Homes
Work to increase the energy efficiency of our products has 
continued as we focus on improving construction details to 
minimise heat loss and improve air-tightness. For our customers this 
means potential for an additional 10% saving in hot water, heating 
and lighting bills over homes built to our 2010 specification.

Comparative designed running costs for a Heritage 
Collection Warwick house type (£/year)

■ Lighting
■ Pumps and fans
■ Water heating
■ Space heating
■ Standing charge

16%

23%

75%

105

105

80

25%

47%

75%

82%

67%

100%

2006

2010

2014

% of homes 
incorporating 
renewable 
technologies

Reduce water 
usage  
(litres/head/day)

Homes including 
domestic 
recycling facilities

Homes fitted with 
smart meters

Building 
Information 
Modelling (BIM) 
development

Level 2

Level 2

Level 3

 Positive increase/decrease/no change

 Negative increase/decrease/no change

Our Plans for 2015
•  Review of customer care service and process to 
include more focus on design and functionality  
of both the home itself and the other aspects  
of sustainable design

•  Continue to work with our service connection 
providers to resolve specification issues with  
smart meters

•  Work with our suppliers to develop a more  
advanced domestic water service design to  
meet our water saving target

Renewable Technologies
We adopt the ‘fabric first’ principles of energy efficiency design 
for our homes and design and model our construction details 
to minimise heat loss. However we also incorporate renewable 
technologies where appropriate in our drive towards zero carbon 
homes. This year we installed renewable heat or electricity 
generation technologies in 802 homes, representing 23% of 
our total build (2013: 16%). The technologies represented were 
as follows:

■ Solar PV 46%
■ Solar thermal  3%
■ Air Source Heat Pump 10%
■ CHP 41%

39 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
5 stars

5 stars

5 stars

Sales staff undertaking training in renewable technologies

93%

93%

>95%

Further Actions

Independent 
customer 
satisfaction 
HBF rating

% of our 
customers 
recommending  
us to a friend per 
NHBC research

Strategic report
Sustainability continued
Progress towards targets

Water Usage in the Home
The standard design of our domestic water installations at 105 
litres-per-person-per-day already provides performance ahead of 
building regulation requirements. To meet our ambitious target, 
we are working to further advance the specification whilst still 
meeting our customers’ everyday water needs.

Strategy in action: Kingston River Walk

 Customers

As well as maintaining our high standards of 
customer service and satisfaction, we are 
broadening engagement with our customers 
to focus on sustainability issues. This is 
important as the way our customers live in 
their new Redrow home is one of the key 
areas of impact from our industry.

Objective

2013

2014

Progress 
towards 
2018 
target

2018  
target

Our Plans for 2015
•  Develop marketing materials highlighting 

sustainable design features to our customers

•  Deliver sustainability training with all sales 

teams

•  Re-design of post-occupancy survey to engage 

more meaningfully with customers

•  Including sustainability issues in customer 

post-occupancy survey

5 Star Customer Satisfaction
We have retained our 5 star HBF Customer Care rating for  
the fourth year running with 93% of our customers happy to 
recommend us to a friend. This feedback demonstrates that 
we have built a solid reputation as a quality builder with a 
commitment to delivering high standards of customer care.

The ground breaking community heating system 
at Kingston River Walk is the first such river-based 
renewable energy installation in the UK.

Water is drawn from two metres below the 
surface of the Thames, where a temperature of 
between 8° C – 10° C is maintained all year. 

The filtered water is passed through high 
efficiency heat exchangers where the low grade 
heat is harvested, before being discharged back 
into the river with negligible effect on the 
temperature of the water.

This heat is then captured in a ‘closed’ water 
system which links to 41 heat pumps, which 
increase the heat to about 45° C before passing it 
to the apartments where it is used for domestic 
hot water and underfloor heating.

The system will provide over 2MW of thermal 
energy for the development and is expected to 
reduce utility bills by 20%. Additionally, it has 
been calculated that the system will prevent the 
emission of over 500 tonnes of carbon dioxide per 
year, which would have resulted from traditional 
community boiler installations.

40 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Training for Sales Staff
It’s vital that our customers understand how to get the best 
from the renewables installed in their new home. Our sales 
teams play a key role in communicating the benefits, use and 
maintenance of these technologies and this year we have begun 
a programme of hands-on training with our sales staff in 
partnership with our renewables suppliers to enable them to 
gain a deeper understanding of these products.

 Community

We are proud of the positive contributions 
we made by providing local economic 
development opportunities and encouraging 
establishment of sustainable communities.

Progress 
towards 
2018 
target

2013

£40m

2014

2018  
target

£112.8m Continued 
investment  
in local 
communities

102

110

Increased 
engagement

 34.25

34.54

 >35

c.80%

95%

90%

Objective

Monies 
committed to 
fund the 
improvement  
of local 
communities

Community 
consultation 
events

Considerate 
Constructors 
average score

Homes within 
500m of public 
transport node

Our Plans for 2015
•  Partner with a non-governmental organisation 
to undertake an in-depth assessment of the 
wider economic benefit to the community 
provided by a typical development

•  Monitor progress of proposed withdrawal of 

the Code for Sustainable Homes and evaluate 
alternative methods of demonstrating the 
holistic value of sustainable development

Funds to Improve Local Communities
As part of the planning process and delivery of new homes, we 
contribute significant value to the communities local to our sites 
through a range of material or financial initiatives.

This year the monetary value of these contributions totalled 
£112.8m, a significant increase over last year (£40m), reflecting the 
increase in construction and including delivery of £96m of social or 
affordable housing. The latter ensures that our developments are 
socially inclusive and makes a significant contribution to the 
country’s well chronicled need for more affordable homes. 
Recognising that the homes we build create additional demand for 
local resources, including schools, healthcare and opportunities for 
sport and leisure, significant sums are also invested in these areas.

41 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Customer Care Review
We are continually striving to take our customer service 
to a higher level and truly engage with our consumers. 
Working with The Future Customer, a consultancy which 
coaches and inspires businesses to fulfil their promises to 
customers, we have looked at all of our interactions with 
our homebuyers and considered how we can make their 
purchase as smooth and effective as possible.

We have simplified our customer care process and intend 
to introduce earlier engagement with customers. This will 
include demonstration and welcome evenings held at our 
developments, designed to help customers get the best 
from their new home and enabling them to meet their 
future neighbours in a relaxed environment, so taking 
the first steps in building a true sense of community.

We are introducing an improved post-occupancy survey 
several months after they move in which will consider: 
quality of build; community; lifestyle and design issues. 
The results will then inform everything from our land 
buying to design, use of technology, etc.

Customer Research
Allied to the customer care review, we have recently 
embarked on a detailed academic research project to 
examine the attitudes and perceptions of our potential 
customers with respect to sustainability issues. The research 
will cover a range of sustainability issues relating to the 
design and efficiency of the home, as well as the wider 
development and community, and will be completed by 
the end of 2014.

Additionally, we are assisting another academic research 
project examining how housebuilders currently gather feedback 
from their dwellings once in use and how they then take this 
information forward to positively influence the design, 
performance and specification of future housing developments.

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Sustainability continued
Progress towards targets

Community Consultation and Engagement
Public consultation events remain important. There has been 
a small increase in consultations undertaken in the year.

Considerate Constructors Scheme
During the year, 39 (2013: 33) sites participated in the 
Considerate Constructors Scheme, developed to encourage best 
practice in reducing the impact of our activities on the general 
public, the workforce and the environment.

During the independent site inspections made this year our 
developments averaged a score of 34.54*; however, 10 of our 
sites scored 30 or more, seven sites scored 35 or over and two of 
our sites in Kent – Davington Park, in Faversham and St Andrews 
Park, Halling – scored 40 or more. Our Davington Park 
development went on to win a Silver award at the Considerate 
Constructors 2014 National Site Awards.

*Scores of:
25+ demonstrates compliance
30+ demonstrates good standard
35+ demonstrates very good standard
40+ demonstrates excellent standard

Transport
We can help enable our customers to achieve a healthier 
lifestyle, use their cars less and reduce their personal carbon 
footprints. We have already achieved our Aspirations 2018 target 

for the number of homes we build within 500m of a public 
transport node such as a bus, tram or train station.

In addition we have built 484 homes which have access to car 
clubs and 1,294 homes which include cycle stores. Many of our 
developments also include footpaths and cycleways linking into 
wider networks, making it easier for residents to access local 
amenities without using their cars.

Further Actions

Sustainable Development Charter
In its ‘One Wales: One Planet’ strategy, the Welsh 
Government sets out ways to promote sustainability in its 
activities and long term planning. This was followed by the 
launch of the Sustainable Development Charter which aims 
to promote sustainable learning and good practice through 
shared experience and collaboration to improve the 
economic, social and environmental well-being of Wales.

We look forward to engaging with the principles of the 
Charter over the forthcoming year and sharing experience 
with other business signatories.

Cycleway created at Aurora Springs, Bristol

42 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 People

Our performance is entirely dependent on the 
qualities and abilities of our employees and we 
invest heavily in their development and training. 
We are proud of our success in attracting talented 
young staff into the industry, as this is critical to 
providing a skills base for the future.

Trainees as Percentage of Workforce
Growing the percentage of trainees across our business remains 
on target and we are confident that we have one of the 
housebuilding sector’s best employee to trainee/apprentice ratios.

We continue to invest heavily in the development of trade skills. 
Working in partnership with the Construction Industry Training 
Board (CITB) we currently employ 76 apprentices on sites across 
the Group.

We also continue to use the transitional role of ‘Trainee Site 
Assistant’ to provide successful apprentices and semi-skilled site 
employees with a route into management.

Progress 
towards 
2018 
target

Undergraduates are also welcomed into our business with eight 
young people being given the opportunity to complete their 
‘year out’ with us this summer.

Objective

Trainees as % of 
workforce

Training days 
delivered

Graduate 
programme 
intake†

Workforce 
under 25

2013

14%

2014

15%

2018  
target

>18%

2,687

2,952

19

22

15%

15%

Increase 
training per 
head

Increase in 
line with 
growth

Maintain/ 
Increase %

Maintain 
headcount 
growth

Total workforce

1,115

1,346

Health & Safety 
RoSPA Award

RoSPA Gold 
(eighth year)

Not eligible  
this year*

Progressive 
improvement

–

Accident 
Incident Rate†† 
(AIR)

456

578

Below HSE’s 
AIR for 
Construction

* see note in Health & Safety section
†  excludes undergraduates
† † in line with increase in activity

Our Plans for 2015
•  Delivery of ambitious sustainability training 

programme, involving all staff

• Roll-out of e-learning platform for all staff
•  Continued focus on trainees and apprentices

Our newest programme is a commercial apprenticeship scheme, 
designed in conjunction with the Chartered Surveyors Trust and 
Coleg Cambria. Ten school leavers will join this autumn across 
our divisions and start a two-year higher apprenticeship studying 
on a block release basis. Successful candidates will be able to 
progress up to a RICS accredited degree, all supported by Redrow.

Training Days Delivered
We have an in-house team of qualified trainers, supported by 
external providers, delivering training programmes to all staff. 
We have invested heavily over the last year in an e-learning 
platform to enable us to offer blended training solutions to staff 
across all our divisions and developments.

We have an increasing focus on externally accredited courses 
which give our employees recognised qualifications, including an 
extensive range of NVQs and the Institute of Leadership and 
Management (ILM).

During the year, 26 employees have achieved an NVQ, excluding 
apprentices, and we currently have 43 employees working 
towards an NVQ qualification.

Health & Safety
Sadly there was a fatal accident at a Redrow development last 
year involving one of our subcontractors. At the time of 
reporting the circumstances are still under investigation by the 
Health and Safety Executive. Our condolences and support have 
been offered to the victim’s family. 

Due to this fatality we are not permitted to enter for any RoSPA 
Awards until conclusion of the investigation.

As you would expect, the majority of our reportable accidents 
take place on site. We hold regular health and safety training 
courses on all our sites for our own personnel and subcontractors. 
It is therefore pleasing to report that in 2014 our reportable 
accidents by site reduced from 0.34 to 0.32 despite the higher 
activity levels across all our sites. We did have a small number 
of office based reportable accidents in the year (7), following 
a remarkable 2013 when we had none.

One prohibition notice was received during the reporting period. 
This notice was issued in relation to traffic management and 
pedestrian segregation. 

We have changed our core health and safety training criteria 
for site managers from an internal training programme to the 

43 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationStrategic report
Sustainability continued
Progress towards targets

industry accredited CITB Site Management Safety Training 
Scheme. This five-day training programme is deemed the 
construction industry standard for site management.

Two Redrow Site Managers secured awards in this year’s 
National House-Building Council (NHBC) Health and Safety 
Awards. Redrow Lancashire site manager Stuart Bullough picked 
up Redrow’s first ever Highly Commended health and safety 
award; while Redrow South East site manager Mike Tynan 
secured a commendation for his development at St Andrews 
Park in Halling, Kent. 

We continue to support our contractors in improving their health 
and safety knowledge and performance and have organised 
numerous events this year to assist our contractors.

The Health and Safety Team continues to carry out safety talks 
at primary schools in close proximity to our developments. 
During the year over 1,000 children attended these important 
presentations.

Details of our gender diversity can be found on pages 51 and 53.

Further Actions

Green Teams
This year, each of our divisional offices along with Group 
HQ has formed Green Teams, who are working to measure 
and monitor our environmental impacts and to deliver 
projects that will help reduce energy, water and waste. 
They are also examining ways to improve purchasing 
and travel options, as well as improving the landscape 
and biodiversity surrounding our offices.

The teams comprise people from all departments, and are 
key in helping to raise awareness of environmental issues 
and improvements to their colleagues, encouraging them 
to be more sustainable at work and at home.

44 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

 Environment

Housebuilding has the potential to 
significantly impact on the environment; this 
year we have strengthened our focus in this 
area to include externally accredited systems, 
tighter checking and compliance standards, 
as well as planned training for all staff.

Objective

2013

2014

Progress 
towards 
2018 
target

2018 
 target

Total waste 
produced per 
100m2 of build (1)

Waste diverted 
from landfill

8.21 tonnes 
/100m2

4.7 tonnes  
per 100m2

3.7 tonnes  
per 100m2

NEW 
TARGET

93%

93.6%

>95%

Scope 1 and 2 
carbon 
emissions (2)

3.42 tonnes  
CO2/unit (3)

2.88  
tonnes 
CO2e/unit

10% T/unit 
reduction

Scope 1 and 2 
carbon  
emissions

3.06 tonnes 
CO2e/100m2

2.64  
tonnes 
CO2e/100m2

10% 
reduction

NEW 
TARGET

Site water 
consumption

19.2m3/unit 18.38m3/ 

unit

Reduce m3  
per unit

Site water 
consumption

17.24m3/ 
100m2

16.89m3/ 
100m2

Reduce m3  
per 100m2

NEW 
TARGET

Divisional office 
energy audits

Responsibly 
sourced timber

% of build 
materials locally 
sourced

% of subcontract 
labour employed 
locally

80%

80%

100%

99.53%

99.55%

100%

>c.90%

96%

95%

>c.90%

89%

95%

(1) Figure excludes London Division
(2) Please note change of unit from CO2 to CO2e for this target
(3) Re-calculated figure

Our Plans for 2015
•  Continue our sustainable construction training 

programme

•  Develop data capture for Scope 3 (indirect) 

carbon emissions

•  Develop and continue partnerships focused on 

biodiversity

This year we have started working with our suppliers to ascertain 
the emissions associated with the production and transport of 
materials used in our homes, along with movement of waste 
from our sites.

Site Water Consumption
We are pleased to report that our consumption of water on site, 
per unit, has decreased this year due to improved management. 
We are currently developing our monitoring and reporting 
procedures to further improve data capture in this area, which 
will be used to set specific, quantitative targets for 2015.

Responsibly Sourced Timber
We continue to work with our supply chain to draw closer to our 
objective of completely eliminating timber from unaccredited 
sources in our homes. This includes all timber and timber products 
provided by our suppliers and/or used by our subcontractors that 
are incorporated within completed dwellings built by Redrow.

We are proud to report that 2014 saw further improvement in this 
area with 42.05% of timber used on our sites being classified as 
“Source Verified “, e.g. Programme for the Endorsement of Forest 
Certification (PEFC) purchased with Chain of Custody; and 57.5% 
“Credibly Certified”, e.g. Forestry Stewardship Council purchased 
with Chain of Custody (Chain of Custody being a mechanism for 
tracking certified materials from the forest to final production).

Challenges remain and we continue to work with our supply 
chain to ensure current purchasing policy is adhered to and 
procurement levels are maintained. We are continually reviewing 
high risk products, in particular 
plywood, to investigate how to 
eradicate timber procured with no 
information on origin. We are 
committed to ensuring that all new 
subcontractors and suppliers maintain 
Redrow’s aims and targets.

Sustainable Construction Training
This year we have commenced delivery of a comprehensive 
sustainability training plan involving staff from all parts of the 
business. A significant part of this plan is focused on sustainable 
construction and a series of training courses have been designed 
to engage and develop our build teams in this important area, 
including the CITB’s Site Environmental Awareness Training course.

Further Actions

Environmental Management System (EMS) 
Accreditation
This year we took the decision to move to an externally 
accredited EMS which not only improves management of 
our significant environmental impacts, but also 
demonstrates our commitment to our key stakeholders.

We are pleased to report that following an external audit in 
June, which examined our policies and procedures as well as 
site practice, we have been awarded Phase 2 certification 
of  BS8555.

We will now work to develop and further embed this system 
to ensure maximum benefit from the process and to drive 
continual improvement.

45 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Balancing ponds at Earl’s Park, Worcester

Waste Minimisation and Management
Our improved design, procurement and site practices have 
resulted in a reduction in our site waste for 2014; down to 
4.7 tonnes/100m2 of developed floor area (2013: 8.21 
tonnes/100m2). Additionally, we have further improved our 
diversion of site waste from landfill to achieve 93.6% diversion 
this year.

We are also working with our suppliers to examine ways we 
can reduce packaging waste whilst still providing adequate 
protection for products and materials. We are trialling on-site 
baling to improve the way we deal with any such waste that 
remains on site.

A further initiative for 2015 will involve detailed analysis of 
waste generated over a number of trial sites within the Group. 
The investigation will look at the contributing materials and 
trades and, by informing design and process, will seek to 
eliminate the volume of waste generated at source.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (Tonnes CO2e)

Scope 1
Scope 2

8
1
1
7

,

0
4
2
7

,

9
3
5
2

,

0
7
7
2

,

2013

2014

See page 78 for carbon disclosure figures.

Our total Scope 1 and 2 C02e has increased slightly to 10,010 
(2013: 9,657). However relative to build our CO2e emissions have 
fallen to 2.64 tonnes/100m2 of build (2013: 3.06).

We continue to report our carbon footprint to the Carbon 
Disclosure Project on an annual basis and remain focused on 
driving down the emissions from all parts of the business.

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Governance 
report 

46 
46 
Redrow plc  
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014
Annual report and accounts 2014

The Limes at Horsforth Vale, Yorkshire

47 
47 
Redrow plc  
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance report
Corporate Governance report

The Board is committed to 
complying with corporate 
governance guidelines and to 
maintaining high standards 
of corporate governance

Dear Shareholder
In the year of our 40th Anniversary, I am delighted to introduce 
on behalf of the Board of Redrow plc the Corporate Governance 
report outlining the Company’s approach to corporate 
governance. As outlined elsewhere in the report, the Board 
remains committed to high standards of corporate governance. 
This report on corporate governance sets out and explains in 
clear terms the processes in place which are essential for 
delivery of long-term success, while ensuring that the Company 
complies with all applicable laws and regulations and, of course, 
meeting the requirements of our shareholders and their 
representative bodies. 

This report has been prepared and approved by the Board and, 
on behalf of the Board, I confirm that during financial year ended 
30 June 2014, the Company was compliant with the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”). This report 
also explains what the Board of Directors actually does and 
describes how it is responsible for setting the codes and values 
of the Company, thereby ensuring that the Company is run in 
the best interests of our shareholders and other stakeholders 
and how it interacts with its shareholders and explains the 
Company’s strategic goals and performance against them. 

The Board continues to believe the balance of Non-Executive 
and Executive Directors has worked well. A number of Board 
meetings have been held in a number of the Divisions during the 
year and have included open discussion with the Management 
Teams on land acquisition, sales outlets, sales, our product and 
the new Divisional structures. 

There have been no changes in corporate governance best 
practice during the financial year ended 30 June 2014.

The Board would like to thank Alan Jackson, who informed 
the Board of his intention to stand down from the Board, 
for his invaluable contribution as Deputy Chairman, Senior 
Independent Director and as a Non-Executive Director.

The Board would also like to welcome Liz Peace to the Board 
as the new Non-Executive Director who will chair the 
Sustainability Committee.

Liz Peace, CBE, will join the Board on 1 September 2014. She is 
shortly to retire after twelve years as the Chief Executive of the 

48 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

British Property Federation. Prior to this she had a long and 
varied career in the Ministry of Defence, including twelve years 
until 2002 as company secretary and director of corporate 
affairs at QinetiQ Group plc (formerly the Defence Evaluation 
and Research Agency). Liz is a Non-Executive Director of Morgan 
Sindall Group plc and Turley Associates. She is also a member 
of the Peabody Trust and a trustee of the property charity 
Land Aid.

Our 2014 Annual General Meeting will be held on Monday, 
10 November 2014 and you will find the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and some Explanatory Notes at the end of 
this Annual Report. 

The Notice refers to the Redrow plc Long-Term Share Incentive 
Plan 2004 which has been the main vehicle for the grant of 
long-term share incentives to senior executives but that plan 
expires on 2 November 2014. Accordingly, approval is being 
sought at the Annual General Meeting for a replacement plan  
– the Redrow plc 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’). 
This plan is more flexible in that it allows for the grant of 
conditional awards as well as options but works in a broadly 
similar way to the plan it replaces.

The Redrow plc Sharesave Plan 2004 (the ‘Sharesave Plan’) 
is an all-employee share option plan which was approved by 
shareholders in 2004. Since then it has been a successful and 
popular part of the Company’s remuneration arrangements. 
It also expires in November 2014 and so shareholder approval 
is being sought to renew it for a further 10 years from the date 
it was originally approved. 

The key terms of the LTIP and the Sharesave Plan are set out in 
the Explanatory Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 
Some minor changes are also being made to the rules of the 
Sharesave Plan to bring it into line with current legislation but 
the only change which requires shareholder approval is its 
renewal for a further 10 years.

Finally on behalf of the Board, for those who wish to attend 
we look forward to meeting with you.

Graham Cope
Company Secretary

All Non-Executive Directors holding office during the year ended 
30 June 2014 are considered to be independent.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Board and its 
Committees and his appointment and removal is a matter for 
the Board as a whole. The Company Secretary is a Member of 
the Executive Management Team and all Directors have access 
to his advice and services. In certain circumstances, Board 
Committees and individual Directors may wish to take 
independent professional advice in connection with their 
responsibilities and duties, and, in this regard, the Company 
will meet the reasonable costs and expenses incurred.

Introduction
This report sets out the Company’s compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council (www.frc.org.uk) and describes how the 
governance framework is applied by the Company.

The Directors have considered the contents and requirements 
of the Code and believe that throughout the year ended 
30 June 2014, the Company has been compliant with the 
provisions of the Code.

The Board
The Board comprises an Executive Chairman, two further 
Executive Directors and three Independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

Steve Morgan, as Chairman, is responsible for leadership of the 
Board and ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role. 
The role of John Tutte, as Group Chief Executive, ensures that 
there is a clear division of responsibilities at the head of the 
Company between the running of the Board and the operational 
responsibility for the running of the Company’s business as 
required by the Code.

The governance structure is set out in Chart 1.

Governance structure 

Chart 1

Main Board

Non-Executive

Executive Team

•  Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director

•  Chairman

•  Independent Non-Executive Directors

•  Group Chief Executive

•  Group Finance Director

•  Company Secretary

•  Group Development Director

•  Group Sales & Marketing Director

•  Group Human Resources Director

Group Heads of Department

Executive Management Team

Regional Chief Executives 

Operating Divisions

49 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Board of Directors

Composition of the Board

Length of tenure of Non-Executive Directors

Main Board by gender

■ Executive 3
■ Non-Executive 3

■ One to three years 1
■ Three to six years 2

■ Female 2
■ Male 4

A diverse skill set
Redrow has an active, committed Board of Directors with diverse and complementary skill sets.

Board experience

 Finance 

 Property 

 Operational 

 Sustainability

Role

Board experience

Key strengths and skills

Steve Morgan, 61
Chairman

John Tutte, 58
Group Chief Executive

Barbara Richmond, 54
Group Finance Director

He is primarily responsible for the 
effective working of the Board, 
taking a leading role in determining 
the Board’s composition and 
structure and ensuring that 
effective communications are 
maintained with shareholders.

He is responsible for the 
operational management of the 
Group, the implementing of 
strategic plans and reporting on 
these to the Board.

She is responsible for the financial 
management of the Group in its 
broadest sense.

John Tutte joined the Board of 
Redrow in July 2002. In September 
2009 he was promoted to Group 
Managing Director and in July 
this year became Group 
Chief Executive. 

John qualified in civil engineering 
and has amassed more than 
35 years’ experience within the 
industry, having previously held 
the position as Chief Executive 
of Wilson Connolly plc.

Steve Morgan founded Redrow in 
1974 and led the business from a 
small civil engineering contractor 
to become one of the UK’s leading 
home builders. He floated the 
Company in 1994 and eventually 
stepped down as Chairman in 
November 2000, returning to 
the helm in March 2009.

Steve is also Chairman of 
Wolverhampton Wanderers, 
Carden Leisure and Trinity Aviation. 
He set up The Morgan Foundation 
in 2000, which is one of the 
largest charitable trusts in 
the north of England.

Steve is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Building and holds four 
Honorary Degrees. He was 
awarded an OBE in 1992.

Barbara Richmond joined the 
Board of Redrow in January 2010, 
bringing with her a proven track 
record, with 20 years’ experience 
as Group Finance Director at a 
number of UK listed companies 
including Inchcape plc, Croda 
International PLC and Whessoe plc. 
She has a strong background in 
both manufacturing and retail as 
well as having completed a number 
of major acquisitions and disposals 
throughout her career. 

Barbara was appointed a Non- 
Executive Director of Lonza Group 
Ltd with effect from 16 April 2014.

Barbara is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales and a graduate 
of the University of Manchester.

Committee  
membership

Main Board

Main Board

Main Board

50 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Alan Jackson, 71
Non-Executive Deputy 
Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director

Nick Hewson, 56
Non-Executive Director

Debbie Hewitt, 51
Non-Executive Director

Graham Cope, 50
Company Secretary

The Non-Executive Directors are members of the Board but do not form part of the Executive Management 
team. They have responsibility to constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy, 
scrutinise the performance of management, satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that 
financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and are responsible for determining appropriate 
levels of remuneration of the Executive Management team.

Alan Jackson joined the Redrow 
Board in August 2009. He has a 
wealth of experience in executive 
and non-executive roles.

Alan is currently the Non-
Executive Chairman of The 
Restaurant Group plc. He is also 
a Non-Executive Chairman of 
Playtech plc.

Nick Hewson joined the Redrow 
Board in December 2012. He has 
spent a 30 year career to date 
mainly involved in the property 
industry, from commercial 
to residential.

Nick is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Croma Security 
Solutions Group Plc.

As previously announced 
Alan Jackson will retire from 
the Board with effect from 
1 September 2014.

Nick is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales and has a degree in Law 
from Cambridge University.

Debbie Hewitt joined the Redrow 
Board in August 2009. She has a 
wealth of experience in executive 
and non-executive roles.

She is currently the Non-Executive 
Chairman of Moss Bros plc, 
Evander Group and White Stuff. 
She is also Non-Executive Director 
of HR Owen plc, NCC plc, BGL and 
Domestic & General.

Debbie has an MBA from Bath 
University, is a fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Personnel 
and Development and was 
awarded the MBE in 2011 for 
services to business and the 
public sector.

Main Board

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee, 
Chairman

Remuneration Committee

Sustainability Committee, 
Chairman

Main Board

Main Board

Audit Committee, Chairman

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Committee, 
Chairman

He is responsible for governance 
structures and mechanisms, 
corporate conduct within 
the Company’s regulatory 
environment and circulars to 
shareholders, and is the primary 
source of advice on the conduct 
of the business.

Graham Cope joined Redrow as 
Head of Legal in November 2002 
and was appointed Company 
Secretary two months later. He  
has over 20 years’ experience 
in the housebuilding sector, either 
working in-house or for clients  
in private practice.

Graham qualified as a Solicitor 
in 1989 and is a member of the 
Law Society.

Main Board,  
Company Secretary

Audit Committee, Secretary

Nomination Committee, 
Secretary

Remuneration Committee, 
Secretary

Sustainability Committee, 
Secretary

51 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance report
Corporate Governance report continued

Board Meetings
The Board meets regularly and frequently, not less than six times 
during the year and maintains a close dialogue, as appropriate, 
between meetings. Board meetings are held at Head Office or 
Divisional Offices when visits are frequently made to a selection of 
developments accompanied by the local Management Team. Board 
papers are distributed in advance of the meetings to allow adequate 
time for review and preparation and include key strategic, operational 
and financial information. Attendance by individual Directors at Board 
meetings are set out below:

Name

Role

Steve Morgan

Chairman

John Tutte

Group Chief Executive

Barbara Richmond Group Finance Director

Alan Jackson

Deputy Chairman & Senior 
Independent Director

Debbie Hewitt

Non-Executive Director

Nick Hewson

Non-Executive Director

Attendance at 
Meetings

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

All details for the Directors are provided on pages 50 and 51.

Details of internal control and risk management processes are 
included in the Audit Committee report on pages 54 to 56.

Board Balance and Independence
The Board considers that it is of a size and has a balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience that is appropriate for its business. The 
Executive Team provides the Board with an appropriate view of the 
detail of the business and the benefit of their significant collective 
experience of the UK house building industry and that enables it to 
discharge their respective duties and responsibilities effectively. 
The Non-Executive Directors bring a wealth of experience and 
understanding from outside the Company which enables them to 
challenge and help develop proposals on the Company’s strategy.

Details of the Directors’ respective experience is set out in their 
biographical profiles on pages 50 and 51.

Under the Code, at least half the Board, excluding a Non-Executive 
Chairman, should comprise Non-Executive Directors. The Board 
currently comprises three Executives and three Non-Executive 
Directors in compliance with the Code.

In considering Non-Executive Director independence, the Board 
has taken into consideration the guidance provided by the Code 
and considers that each of the Non-Executive Directors is 
independent in accordance with Provision B.1.1 of the Code.

The Board considers that each Director is able to allocate sufficient 
time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.

Board performance evaluation and professional development
The Board undertook an internal formal evaluation of its own 
performance during the year ended 30 June 2014. This started 
with a questionnaire designed to assess performance and ongoing 
effectiveness across key areas in the Financial Year 2014 and to 
maintain visibility and progress during the financial year. Following the 
completion of the questionnaire, a report was presented to the Board 
and discussed and, as a result, the Board considers that it continues to 
operate effectively with meetings to facilitate debate and decision 
making. The Board therefore also considers that each of the Non-
Executive Directors continue to be effective independent Directors.

52 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

The evaluation also considered succession planning for the 
Executive Team.

The Board recognises that a structured appraisal process and good 
training are important requirements across the Group. The Board 
receives regular presentations and briefings from those responsible for 
key Group disciplines. In addition, the Board maintains close working 
relationships with Divisional Management Teams.

All Directors undertake a comprehensive induction programme 
following their first appointment.

The programme for the Non-Executive Directors is specifically 
designed to encompass the full breadth of the business and includes 
visits to operating businesses.

During the year the formal appraisals of the Group Chief Executive 
and the Group Finance Director were undertaken by the Chairman.

All Independent Non-Executive Directors had an annual appraisal 
conducted by the Non-Executive Deputy Chairman.

Committees
The Board is supported by Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and 
Sustainability Committees and their memberships, roles and activities 
are set out in separate reports; the Audit Committee report can be 
found on pages 54 to 56; the Nomination Committee report on 
page 57; the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 59 to 75 and 
the Sustainability Committee report can be found on page 58.

Each Committee reports to and has Terms of Reference approved by 
the Board and the Minutes of the Committee meetings are circulated 
and the Committee Chairmen provide reports to the Board.

The Audit Committee is chaired by Nick Hewson, the 
Remuneration Committee is chaired by Debbie Hewitt and 
the Sustainability Committee and Nomination Committee 
are chaired by Alan Jackson.

The Board completed a performance evaluation of its Committees 
during the financial year ended 30 June 2014 and it was concluded 
they were contributing and functioning effectively and were 
complying with their Terms of Reference.

Governance at work in the Business
The Board aims to meet governance best practice where it fits with 
the Company’s business.

The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved specifically 
for its decisions. The matters reserved include:

•  approval of Redrow’s long term objectives and strategy;
•  approval of the Annual Report and Accounts, preliminary 

and half-yearly financial statements, interim management 
statements, trading updates and the recommendation of the 
payment of dividends;

•  approval of any significant changes in accounting policies or 
practices; any changes relating to capital structure; approval 
of treasury policies;

•  ensuring the maintenance of a sound system of internal 

control and risk management;

•  approval of corporate acquisitions or disposals, significant land 

purchases or contracts;

•  changes to the size, structure and composition of the Board;
•  approval of significant policies, including Redrow’s Health and 

Safety policy; and

•  review of overall corporate governance arrangements.

The Chairman is primarily responsible for:
•  effective working of the Board;
•  taking a leading role in determining the Board’s composition and 

structure; and

•  ensuring that effective communications are maintained with 

shareholders.

The Chief Executive is responsible for:
•  operational management of the Group;
•  implementing strategic plans; and
•  reporting on these to the Board.

The Deputy Chairman supports the Chairman in ensuring the Board is 
effective and that constructive relations are maintained. In addition to 
acting as a Senior Independent Director, in which capacity he leads 
the annual performance evaluation of the Chairman he also provides 
an additional point of contact for shareholders.

always be based on merit, so that the Board has the right individuals 
in place, and recognises that diversity is seen as an important 
consideration as part of the selective criteria used to assess 
candidates to achieve a balanced Board.

The charts below set out the current position of the Company on a 
gender basis.

Executive Management team by gender

■ Female – 2 22.2%
■ Male – 7 77.8%

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ insurance in place which 
insures Directors against certain liabilities, including legal costs.

Redrow employees by gender

Appointment and Re-Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee has recommended the re-appointment 
of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Nomination 
Committee report can be found on page 57.

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all Directors are subject to 
re-election at their first General meeting after appointment. The Board 
having been informed of the conditions of the Code on re-election has 
decided that all Directors will be submitting themselves for re-election 
at the Annual General Meeting with the exception of Alan Jackson who 
advised the Board of his intention to retire on 30 June 2014. 

Following the Company’s announcement of the appointment of a 
new Non-Executive Director Alan Jackson will retire from the Board 
with effect from 1 September 2014. 

■ Female – 457 34.0%
■ Male – 889 66.0%

Shareholder Engagement
The Company announces its financial results half-yearly, and, 
immediately following their publication, undertakes formal 
presentations to equity analysts. These presentations are available 
on the Company’s website. In addition, the Company published an 
Interim Management Statement in November 2013 and April 2014.

The Board is pleased to announce that Liz Peace will join the Board 
on 1 September 2014 as a Non-Executive Director. For Liz Peace’s 
biographical details please see the Explanatory Notes to the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting on page 120. 

During the year ended 30 June 2014, the Chairman, the Group Chief 
Executive and the Group Finance Director, together with the Senior 
Independent Director also held a number of meetings with 
significant shareholders.

Following Alan Jackson’s retirement Debbie Hewitt will become 
Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Nomination 
Committee. Liz Peace will chair the Sustainability Committee 
and will be a member of the Audit Committee, Nomination 
Committee and Remuneration Committee. 

The Board, having regard to the provisions of the Code, considers 
that Liz Peace is independent.

With the exception of Debbie Hewitt and Steve Morgan having 
previously (together with retiring Director Alan Jackson) been 
directors of the Board of De Vere Group Holdings Limited, none of 
the independent Directors seeking re-appointment at the Annual 
General Meeting have any existing or previous relationships with, 
the Company, the other Directors, nor with any controlling 
shareholder of the Company (or any associate of a controlling 
shareholder) within the meaning of Listing Rule 13.8.17R(2).

Details of appropriate Annual General Meeting Resolutions can be 
found on pages 117 and 118.

Capital Structure
The information of the capital structure of the Company is including 
the Directors’ report on page 77.

Following the full year and half-yearly results’ announcement in 
September 2013 and February 2014, the Chairman, Group Chief 
Executive and Group Finance Director met current and potential 
significant shareholders. This embraced visits to London and 
Edinburgh and feedback from these meetings is independently 
collated and disseminated to the Board.

The Annual General Meeting takes place at a venue close to 
the Company’s Head Office. All Directors attended the Annual 
General Meeting on 11 November 2013. The Annual General Meeting 
represents an opportunity for all shareholders attending to table 
questions formally during the meeting and informally afterwards 
to the Company’s Directors.

Formal notification of the Annual General Meeting, through the 
Annual Report and Accounts, is sent to shareholders at least 21 
working days in advance. It is the Company’s policy to propose 
a separate Resolution at the Annual General Meeting on each 
substantive issue.

Redrow’s website, www.redrowplc.co.uk, gives access to current 
financial and corporate information.

Diversity
The principle of Boardroom diversity is strongly supported by the 
Board. It is the Board’s policy that appointments to the Board will 

Graham Cope
Company Secretary
1 September 2014

53 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Audit Committee report

The Committee’s principal 
responsibilities lie in reviewing 
the Group’s financial reporting, 
overseeing the appointment 
and work of the external Auditors 
and reviewing Redrow’s internal 
control processes
Committee membership and meetings
The three Members of the Committee are Independent 
Non-Executive Directors and the Board believes the Committee has 
the appropriate level of experience to fulfil its Terms of Reference. 

The Group Finance Director and Finance Director – Group 
Services attend meetings by invitation and both were present 
at all the meetings in the year ended 30 June 2014. The external 
Auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), and the Finance 
Director (Operations) who has responsibility for Internal Audit, 
were also in attendance at all meetings.

Table of Attendance 

Name

Role

Nick Hewson

Chairman

Alan Jackson

Member

Debbie Hewitt

Member

Attendance at 
Meetings

3/3

3/3

3/3

The Committee met three times in the year ended 30 June 2014 
and a summary of the principal activities of the Committee are 
listed below.

Detailed papers and information were circulated sufficiently 
in advance of meetings to allow proper consideration of the 
matters for discussion. The Committee also met separately with 
the external Auditors and Internal Audit following the final audit 
and the review of the year ended June 2014 financial statements. 
No matters of concern were raised within these discussions. 
The Committee Chairman also met privately with the Audit 
Partner of the external Auditors and the Finance Director 
(Operations) to discuss Internal Audit matters. The Group 
Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.
54 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Responsibilities and Terms of Reference
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the 
accompanying reports to the shareholders and Corporate 
Governance Statements including reviewing the findings of 
the external Auditors;

•  reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of systems for 
internal control, financial reporting and risk management;

•  reviewing and overseeing the effectiveness of Internal Audit;

•  making recommendations to the Board in relation to the 
appointment and removal of the external Auditors and 
approving the remuneration and terms of engagement; and 

•  reviewing and monitoring the external Audit process and 

independent activity of the Auditors as well as the nature and 
scope of the external Audit and its effectiveness.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available on the 
Company’s website (www.redrowplc.co.uk).

Audit Committee reporting of significant issues 
The primary areas of judgement which were considered by the 
Committee and how these were addressed is set out below:

Net realisable value of inventories
The Committee receives a paper prepared by management 
at each reporting date outlining the approach taken by 
management to assess the net realisable value of inventories 
together with details of sites with significant areas of judgement. 
The Group Finance Director and Finance Director –Group 
Services attend meetings by invitation to answer any questions 
the Committee may have.

The Committee also annually reviews the internal controls 
that are in place and reviews the findings of PwC’s testing of 
controls and processes for estimating as well as the adequacy 
of disclosures that management propose to be made in 
financial statements.

Defined benefit pension scheme valuation
The Committee receives details of the IAS 19R – Employee 
Benefits valuations carried out at each reporting date for 
management by the actuary who advises the Company and the 
underlying assumptions. A sensitivity analysis is also provided 
for its consideration. The Committee also receives details of the 
triennial independent scheme valuation report prepared by the 
Scheme actuary and reviews key judgements made including 
relevant actuarial advice that has been received. In addition the 
Committee also reviews the findings of PwC’s testing of pension 
scheme assets and liabilities.

Main activities during the year 
The Committee followed a programme which is structured 
around the annual reporting cycle and received reports from 
Internal Audit, the external Audit and management. 

At its meeting in February 2014 the Committee considered 
whether to retain PwC as auditor and concluded that, in view 
of the quality of service provided and the cost effectiveness of 
the work carried out, it would be appropriate to retain them. 

The principal activities undertaken were as follows:

September  
2013

A review of the full year 2013 results 
including the Annual Report and Accounts 
and a report from the external Auditors; and 

The Committee does not currently have a formal policy on 
re-tendering of the external audit. However, it notes the recent 
draft Order of the Competition and Markets Authority in relation 
to FTSE 350 companies which would require the Company to 
change its statutory auditor by June 2020.

Consideration of the Group risk assessment 
process and a going concern review.

February  
2014

A review of the 2014 half-yearly accounts 
and going concern including a report from 
the external Auditors;

A review of the Terms of Reference of the 
Committee;

A review of the proposed external Audit 
strategy for 2014 and associated fees;

A review of the effectiveness of the external 
Audit process;

A review of the independence and objectivity 
of the external Auditors;

A review of the Committee’s effectiveness; 
and

Initiated a review of cyber security.

June  
2014

A review of the appropriateness of the 
Group’s accounting policies;

A review of the Risk Register;

A review of the Group’s Whistleblowing 
Policy;

A review of the Group’s Anti-Bribery Policy;

A review of internal controls across the 
whole business;

An update on Internal Audit, its strategy 
and a review of the Internal Audit timetable 
for 2015; and

Received a report on the review of 
cyber security.

September  
2014

A review of the full year 2014 results, 
including the Annual Report and Account 
and a report from the external Auditors; and 

Consideration of the Group risk assessment 
process and a going concern review.

Audit Independence
PwC has served as the Group’s Auditor since 1987 and the last 
audit tender was carried out in that year. The current Audit 
Partner from PwC commenced his tenure following the 
conclusion of the year ended 30 June 2010 audit.

The Committee has a formal policy in respect of the work of 
the external Auditors. The purpose of this policy is to ensure 
that the Auditor’s objectivity and independence is maintained 
by ensuring both that the nature of any non-audit work 
undertaken and the level of fees paid does not compromise 
the Auditor’s position. 

Appointments in respect of non-audit work require the prior 
approval of the Committee within an established budget. In 
addition, no work can be undertaken by the external Auditors 
in any area where there is any identifiable risk that the work 
of an individual within the external Audit firm or the external 
Audit firm generally could conflict or compromise the quality, 
objectivity or independence of any audit or compliance work 
undertaken for the Group.

The external Auditors are not indemnified by the Company 
nor has the Company purchased liability insurance for them.

Details of fees paid to PwC are disclosed on page 94.

Internal Controls
The Board of Directors recognises its overall responsibility 
for the Group’s system of internal control and for monitoring 
its effectiveness. There is an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing significant risks. However, in 
reviewing the effectiveness of internal control, any internal 
control system can only provide reasonable but not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

Key business activities, including finance, land acquisition, 
product design, procurement and information technology are 
controlled by the Executive Directors. All activity is organised 
within a defined structure with formal lines of responsibility, 
designated authority levels and a structured reporting framework. 
A formalised reporting structure is established within Redrow. 
The Executive Directors, the Company Secretary, Regional Chief 
Executives, Group Human Resources Director and Group Sales 
and Marketing Director (“the Executive Board”) meet monthly 
to discuss the Group’s key issues, risks and opportunities. The 
Divisions also hold monthly board meetings which are attended 
on a rotational basis by the Executive Directors.

The key features of the Group’s internal controls are as follows:

•  defined authorisation levels exist over key areas such as land 

purchase, the placing of orders and contracts and staff recruitment;

•  a comprehensive prioritised Risk Register which is regularly 

reviewed and presented to the Audit Committee;

•  the Group’s management information systems provide weekly 
updates on key statistics and information in respect of sales 
and production and the content of these weekly reports is 
regularly reviewed to ensure it remains appropriate;

55 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Audit Committee report continued

Governance report
Nomination Committee report

•  Redrow has an in-house Health and Safety Department and places 

great emphasis on the importance of health and safety and 
environment management. The department works closely with 
the Divisions to ensure that training is provided to employees and 
subcontractors. Best practice is shared and appropriate actions 
are taken to comply with health and safety best practice and 
legislation throughout the organisation;

•  the Board requires each Director in its operating divisions 

to complete an annual statement on Corporate Governance 
and related party transactions. The statement is designed 
to provide assurance that Group policies and procedures are 
being implemented and complied with in all material respects; 

•  in addition, key functional Directors complete a Principal 

Controls Self-Assessment Questionnaire which is reviewed by 
the Board to assist in improvements in the control framework;

•  a weekly business report (WBR) comprising sales funnel 

information, gross margins and order book is produced for 
the Group, each Division and each site and circulated across 
the Group;

•  a monthly reporting pack is circulated in advance and 

reviewed at each of the Main, Executive and Divisional Board 
meetings. Annual budgets are set, with actual performance 
compared against the annual budget;

•  preparation and regular updates of Strategic Plans; 

•  a policy and procedures manual which covers all the 

significant aspects of the Group’s operations and describes 
the systems and controls that are to be applied; and 

•  daily statements of a reconciled cash position identifying 

significant payments are prepared, rolling cash flow forecasts are 
prepared and forecast banking covenant compliance is tested.

Throughout the year, the Committee has carried out assessments 
of internal control by considering documentation from the 
Executive Directors and the internal audit function as well as 
undertaking a review of cyber security and taking into consideration 
events since the year end. The internal controls extended to the 
financial reporting process and the preparation of consolidated 
accounts. The basis for the preparation of consolidated accounts 
has been undertaken in accordance with the Company’s 
Accounting policies as set out on pages 90 to 93. 

The Committee therefore confirms that it is satisfied that the 
system of internal controls has been in operation throughout 
the financial year and up to the date of this report.

Risk Register
The Group formally reviews its prioritised Risk Register every 
year. The updated and reviewed Risk Register is then discussed 
and approved by the Committee. In addition, the Executive 
Board, through its regular meetings, reviews key areas of risk on 
an ongoing basis and considers whether the internal controls 
identified in relation to those risks remain appropriate. 

Head Office and within the Divisions and reports directly 
to the Group Finance Director.

Risk Management and Internal Audit
The Group’s Risk Register defines controls as ‘prevent’ or ‘detect’ 
and identifies owners for each high level risk. Feedback on the 
risks and controls is actively encouraged and is facilitated by 
links on the Group’s intranet to ensure the risks listed remain 
relevant and accurate. The Register itself is regularly maintained 
and is reviewed by the Committee annually. 

The Internal Audit strategy is discussed with PwC and discussed 
and agreed with the Committee. Suggested control 
improvements and any control weaknesses identified are 
followed up as appropriate. The cornerstone of the Internal Audit 
work undertaken is the Business Process Reviews. A risk-based 
programme was designed based on the Risk Register. The 
Business Process Review programme looks to provide assurance 
to the Group, by testing internal controls and reviewing specific 
risks, as well as seeking out best practice and sharing it across 
the Group and identifying business process improvements. 
Committee Members receive an Executive Summary of each 
Business Process Review report.

Whistleblowing
The Group has a widely publicised Whistleblowing Policy which 
enables employees and other stakeholders to raise concerns in 
confidence. The Committee has arranged to receive reports 
on all occasions when such issues are raised under this policy. 
The Whistleblowing Policy is formally reviewed and approved 
each year by the Committee.

Bribery Act
Following the introduction of the Bribery Act 2010 the Company 
put in place a policy on bribery and corruption for all employees 
to strictly adhere to. The Company Secretary ensures that the 
policy is complied with, updates the policy, procedures and 
company code of practice as and when required and provides 
regular reports to the Committee. The Bribery Act policy is 
formally reviewed and approved each year by the Committee.

Training is given to all staff to highlight the various forms of 
bribery and all new staff attend an induction course at the 
commencement of their employment which includes a section 
relating to bribery and the implication on individuals and the 
Company of an act of bribery either given or received. Every 
year, through its new internal e-learning facility, each employee 
will be required to complete a mandatory compliance test which 
reminds each employee of their obligations.

Performance evaluation 
The Committee completed a performance evaluation during the 
Financial Year and a report was presented to the Committee and 
discussed. The Committee was found to be effective and it was 
concluded that the Committee had fulfilled its remit and had in 
place appropriate Terms of Reference. 

Insurance
The Board has appointed an experienced broker to advise on 
and co-ordinate all insurance matters across the Group and 
it liaises closely with appropriate Redrow personnel at 

Nick Hewson 
Chairman of the Audit Committee
1 September 2014

•  ensure that a formal structured and tailored induction 

programme is undertaken by any newly appointed member 
of the Board.

The Committee’s Terms of Reference are published on the 
Group’s website (www.redrowplc.co.uk).

Main activities during the year 
During the year ended 30 June 2014 the Committee undertook 
the following activities:

•  a review of the structure, size and composition of the Board 
and concluded the present Board balance and composition 
remains appropriate but would be kept under review;

•  undertook the recruitment process for the appointment 

of a new Non-Executive Director;

•  nominated Karen Jones, the Group Human Resources Director, 

to become a Member of the Sustainability Committee; 

•  approved the request of the Group Finance Director to take 

up a Non-Executive Directorship at Lonza Group Ltd;

•  following the decision of Alan Jackson to retire from the Board 
the Committee nominated the appointment of Liz Peace as 
a Non-Executive Director;

•  recommended that the Directors stand for re-election 

at the 2014 Annual General Meeting in accordance with 
UK Corporate Governance Code with the exception of 
Alan Jackson who had indicated his intention to the Board 
to retire from the Board; and

•  reviewed the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

The Committee reviews the structure 
and composition of the Board and 
identifies and nominates for approval 
candidates to fill Board vacancies
Committee membership and meetings
All Members of the Committee are Independent Non-Executive 
Directors with Alan Jackson, Deputy Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director being Chair of the Committee. The other 
Members of the Committee during the year ended 30 June 2014 
were Debbie Hewitt and Nick Hewson.

Attendance at 
Meetings

The Directors were not present and did not vote when their 
individual proposals were discussed.

4/4

4/4

4/4

Performance evaluation 
The Committee completed a performance evaluation during the 
Financial Year and a report was presented to the Committee and 
discussed. The Committee was found to be effective and it was 
concluded that the Committee had fulfilled its remit and had in 
place appropriate Terms of Reference. 

Following Alan Jackson’s retirement from the Board, Debbie 
Hewitt will become Chair of the Committee.

Alan Jackson
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 
1 September 2014

Table of Attendance 

Name

Role

Alan Jackson 

Chairman 

Debbie Hewitt

Member

Nick Hewson 

Member

The Committee met four times during the year ended 30 June 
2014. For all meetings, papers were circulated sufficiently in 
advance to allow proper consideration of all matters for 
discussion. The Group Company Secretary acts as Secretary 
to the Committee.

Responsibilities and Terms of Reference
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  reviewing the structure size and composition of the Board 
(including skills, knowledge and experience) and making 
recommendations to the Board;

•  monitoring the leadership needs of the Company;

•  leading the process for Board appointments ensuring they are 

conducted on merit and against objective criteria;

•  making recommendations to the Board, including on the 

re-appointment of Non-Executive Directors the re-election of 
Directors at the Annual General Meeting and the membership 
of the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Sustainability 
Committees; and

56 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

57 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Sustainability Committee report

Governance report
Directors’ Remuneration report

•  to review the Company’s policies and reporting with regard to 
personnel recruitment, development and succession planning 
to ensure a sustainable and engaged workforce; and 

•  have regard to the Company’s developments in customer 
engagement and service to ensure its values are upheld.

The Committee also reviews its Terms of Reference which were 
last reviewed in May 2014 and are published on the Group’s 
website (www.redrowplc.co.uk).

Main activities during the year 
During the year ended 30 June 2014 the principle activities 
of the Committee were as follows:

•  preparation of an Aspirations 2018 action plan following 
publication of the Sustainability Report in October 2013; 

•  a review of the 5 “pillars” which form the basis of Aspirations 
2018 and include design, customers, community, people, 
environment and governance;

•  a review of the likely changes to Part L 2013 of the Building 

Regulations and the Standard Assessment Procedure 2012 in 
England and their impact;

•  an update on the continuing impact of the Flood and Water 

Management Act 2010;

•  an update on the likely changes to Part L 2013 of the Building 

Regulations in Wales;

•  a review of the Company’s environmental management 

standards;

•  a review of the Terms of Reference of the Committee; and

Attendance at 
Meetings

•  commentary on the new sustainability consultations 

undertaken throughout the Financial Year.

3/3

3/3

3/3

Performance evaluation 
The Committee completed a performance evaluation during the 
Financial Year and a report was presented to the Committee and 
discussed. The Committee was found to be effective and it was 
concluded that the Committee had fulfilled its remit and had in 
place appropriate Terms of Reference. 

Following Alan Jackson’s retirement from the Board Liz Peace will 
become Chair of the Committee.

Alan Jackson
Chairman of the Sustainability Committee 
1 September 2014

The Committee assesses the impact 
of Company operations on the 
environment and Communities 
affected by its activities
Committee membership and meetings
The Members of the Committee comprise Alan Jackson, who is 
Chair of the Committee and an Independent Non-Executive 
Director. In addition, Nigel Smith, Group Research and 
Sustainability Director, and Karen Jones, Group Human 
Resources Director are both Members of the Committee. 

Table of Attendance 

Name

Role

Alan Jackson 

Chairman 

Nigel Smith 

Karen Jones 

Member

Member

The Committee met three times during the year ended 30 June 
2014. For all meetings, papers were circulated sufficiently in 
advance to allow proper consideration of all matters for 
discussion. The Group Company Secretary acts as Secretary 
to the Committee.

Responsibilities and Terms of Reference
The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  to develop and monitor the Board’s approach to sustainability 
and to review and approve the sustainability targets proposed 
by management;

•  to assess the impact of the Company operations on the 
environment and communities affected by its activities, 
including the consideration of policies to enhance the benefits 
of those activities and mitigate any negative impact of those 
activities;

•  have regard to environmental corporate social responsibility 

and community issues, including environmental management 
systems, waste management systems, recycling and energy 
management;

58 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

We will continue to keep our policies under review to ensure 
they remain appropriate in the face of evolving best practice, 
regulatory developments and market data. 

2014 outcomes – aligned to strong performance
As described in detail on pages 14 to 45 of this Annual Report 
and Accounts, 2014 was a strong year for Redrow, which saw:

•  Record profits of £132.6m before tax

•  Legal completions increasing by 27%

•  Underlying EPS increasing to 28.6p

•  ROCE increasing to 18.0%

•  Closing private order book increasing to £482m

•  c.6,100 plots added to the current land bank

The alignment between performance and reward which 
underpins our executive remuneration framework is reflected 
in the outcomes for the annual bonus and LTIP:

•  Based on exceptional performance, with the targets for 
maximum payment exceeded for all four of the annual 
bonus measures (PBT, ROCE, land bank, order book), the 
Committee determined that the annual bonus should pay 
out at the maximum level; and

•  EPS of 28.6p and ROCE of 18.0% in 2014 were both 

significantly above the targets for maximum vesting of 
17.5p and 16%, respectively. The Committee therefore 
determined that the 2011 LTIP award should vest in full 
in September 2014. 

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce our Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2014. 

Our philosophy – aligning reward with performance
Our remuneration framework remains unchanged from previous 
years, continuing to be based on the following key principles:

•  Simple and transparent; 

•  Market competitive to recruit and retain the highest calibre 

of talent in a competitive sector; 

•  A substantial portion of reward is aligned to Redrow 
performance, measured using a balanced set of short 
and long term metrics; and

•  Encouraging long-term stewardship and alignment with 

investors through share ownership. 

Based on these principles, our remuneration framework includes 
the following components: 

Fixed components

Variable components

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

LTIP

•  Market competitive

•  Maximum 100% of salary

•  Maximum 100% of salary 

•  Reflect nature of role, and 

•  Balanced scorecard of key performance 

•  Based on stretching long-term EPS and 

skills and experience

measures – PBT, ROCE, land bank, 
order book

ROCE targets

•  Subject to clawback for five years 

•  50% deferred into shares over two years 

following vesting

•  Cash and shares subject to clawback for 
five years following payment/vesting

•  100% of salary to be built up over five years from appointment

Shareholding guidelines

59 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Renewing the LTIP 
The current Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was approved by 
shareholders in 2004 and is due to expire this year. The 
Committee believes that the basic structure of the LTIP remains 
appropriate and aligned to the interests of shareholders and is 
therefore seeking approval for a renewed LTIP at the 2014 AGM. 
The plan will essentially be a renewed version of the previous 
plan in terms of both structure and quantum, but will be updated 
to reflect current law, regulation and best practice principles 
(for example, the introduction of clawback). Further details of 
the renewed LTIP are set out in the Remuneration Policy on 
pages 64 and 65 and in the Notice of AGM on pages 117 to 122. 

Management role changes and salary adjustments
As described earlier in this Annual Report and Accounts, in 
response to the increase in the scale and scope of our business, 
and as part of our succession planning, John Tutte was promoted 
to the role of Group Chief Executive at the start of the current 
financial year. To reflect the change in role and specifically the 
substantial increase in remit and responsibilities, the Committee 
determined that it would be appropriate to make a one-off 
adjustment to base salary from £405,000 to £540,000 with 
effect from 1 July 2014. This has been fully benchmarked against 
market data for companies of a similar size and complexity, with 
market data provided by our independent external advisers.

The Committee is aware that some shareholders have indicated 
a preference for vesting periods which are longer than three 
years. The Committee considered this but concluded that in 
the house-building sector, a performance period of three years 
remains appropriate and market competitive and that the 
objective of longer term shareholder alignment is achieved 
at Redrow via the substantial shareholdings of our executive 
directors, supported by our shareholding guidelines. 

Clawback
Following a review of the operation of the clawback provisions 
in the Company’s incentive plans the Committee has decided to 
enhance the provisions in line with best practice. Therefore, as 
described in more detail in the Remuneration Policy on pages 64 
and 65, the Committee will have discretion to claw back bonus 
(cash and shares) and 2014 LTIP awards for a period of five years 
following the payment of cash or the vesting of deferred bonus 
and LTIP shares in the event of material misstatement of audited 
results or employee misconduct. This will apply to all awards 
granted under the new 2014 LTIP and to bonuses awarded in 
respect of 2015 onwards.

A culture of share ownership 
Redrow has a policy of embedding a culture of employee share 
ownership which extends from the executive directors 
throughout the business. Recognising that long-term share 
ownership is a key issue for shareholders, the Committee has 
decided to further strengthen the existing share ownership 
guidelines of building a holding of 100% of salary by requiring 
that the guideline for executive directors must be met within 
five years of appointment. 

In addition to the substantial holding of the Chairman, the other 
executive directors have both met the guideline, creating a 
significant alignment between management and shareholders. 

In addition, to reflect the growth of the business, performance 
in role and in consideration of market positioning in a very 
competitive sector, the Committee also decided to increase the 
base salary for Barbara Richmond from £272,000 to £305,000 
with effect from 1 July 2014. When Barbara was appointed, the 
Committee noted that her salary had been set to reflect the 
scale of the Company at the time and that given her experience, 
we would review its market competitiveness in line with the 
Company’s growth. This has been fully benchmarked against 
market data for companies of a similar size and complexity, with 
market data provided by our independent external advisers.

The Committee’s underlying policy on salary increases is that 
they will normally be in line with increases for employees within 
the business. This approach is captured in the Remuneration 
Policy set out in this report and has been applied consistently 
by the Committee for all executive directors in recent years 
(the average increase over the last three years being 2.4%). 
The decision to award the increases above was therefore not 
taken lightly by the Committee. We believe the adjusted salaries 
are appropriately market competitive, reflect the scope and 
responsibilities of the roles, as well as the skills, experience 
and performance of the individuals. 

In line with this policy, and reflecting the average salary increase 
across the business, the notional salary of Steve Morgan was 
increased by 3.6% to £462,000 with effect from 1 July 2014. 

Shareholder engagement
We remain committed to an ongoing and transparent dialogue 
with our shareholders on the issue of executive remuneration. 
During the year, I engaged with a number of our major 
shareholders to discuss the key issues referred to above, 
including the salary increases, renewal of the LTIP and the 
approach we have taken to our Remuneration Policy. I would 
like to thank all of the shareholders consulted for their valuable 
feedback which was taken into account by the Committee in 
finalising the proposals in each area. 

At the 2013 AGM, 98% of those shareholders who cast votes, 
voted in favour of the Directors’ remuneration report, including 
95% of the free float, a result which we believe demonstrated 
the strong support we have for the framework and how we 
implemented it during the year. 

Structure of report/shareholder resolutions
This is our first report prepared under the new remuneration 
reporting regulations which came into effect last year. 
The report is split into two parts in accordance with 
these regulations: 

•  The Remuneration Policy (pages 62 to 68) sets out our policies 
on directors’ remuneration and will be submitted to a binding 
shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM; and 

•  The Annual Remuneration Report (pages 68 to 75) provides 
details on the remuneration we paid in 2014, and how we 
intend to operate our policies in 2015. It will be submitted 
to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2014 AGM. 

As set out above, we are also seeking approval to renew the LTIP 
on essentially the same terms as the previous plan, updated for 
current areas of best practice. The plan is summarised in the 
Remuneration Policy with a fuller description of its terms set 
out in the Notice of AGM. 

2014 was another good year of progress for Redrow and, in this 
context, we look forward to receiving your support on our 
approach to remuneration at the AGM on 10 November 2014.

Debbie Hewitt
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

This report has been prepared in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the relevant provisions of the 
Listing Rules and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013. 

60 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

61 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

The Remuneration Policy
This Remuneration Policy, determined by the Redrow Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”), will be effective following 
shareholder approval at the 2014 Annual General Meeting. 

Maximum

Performance framework

There is no prescribed maximum 
salary. Any salary increases will 
normally be in line with those of 
the wider workforce. 

N/A

The Committee has discretion to 
award larger increases where it 
considers this appropriate, such 
as to reflect (for example):

 – a significant change in the 
size and complexity of the 
Company;

 – an increase in scope and 
responsibility of the role, 
or a change in role;

 – an Executive Director being 

moved to market positioning 
over time; and

 – an Executive Director falling 
below competitive market 
positioning.

N/A

Benefit provision, for which there 
is no prescribed monetary 
maximum, is set at an 
appropriate level for the specific 
nature and location of the role. 

Participation in all employee 
share plans is subject to 
statutory limits. 

Policy Table for Executive Directors 
Component

Purpose/link to strategy Operation

Base salary

To provide a market 
competitive element 
of fixed remuneration 
to attract and retain 
leaders of the required 
calibre to deliver the 
strategy. 

Benefits

To provide a market 
competitive benefits 
package to support the 
Director in fulfilling 
their role. 

Salaries are determined by the 
Committee taking into account 
all relevant factors such as: 
the size and complexity of 
the Company, the scope and 
responsibilities of the role, 
the skills and experience of 
the individual, and performance 
in role. 

The Committee’s assessment 
of the competitive market 
positioning of base salaries is 
based on consideration of 
market data from UK companies 
of similar size and complexity, 
and companies in the house-
building sector. 

Salaries are normally reviewed 
annually, with any changes 
effective at the start of the 
financial year. 

Salaries effective from 1 July 
2014 are shown on page 69 of the 
Annual Remuneration Report. 

Benefits may include: a company 
car (or equivalent cash 
allowance), private medical 
insurance, permanent health 
insurance, fixed term group 
income protection and a 
death in service benefit.

Executive Directors may also 
participate in all-employee share 
plans on the same basis as other 
employees. 

The Committee has discretion 
to include, where it considers 
it appropriate to do so, other 
benefits to reflect specific 
individual circumstances, such 
as housing, relocation, travel, 
or other expatriate allowances. 

Component

Purpose/link to strategy Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

Pension

To provide a market 
competitive element of 
fixed remuneration for 
retirement planning. 

The maximum DC contribution/
cash supplement (in respect of 
a financial year) is 20% of 
base salary. 

N/A

Individuals are eligible to 
participate in the Company’s 
Defined Contribution (DC) 
pension scheme or receive 
a pension allowance 
cash supplement. 

Executive Directors who are 
members of the Company’s 
Defined Benefit (DB) pension 
scheme will continue to receive 
benefits under the terms of that 
scheme. There will be no new 
entrants or accrual of future 
benefits under the DB scheme.

Performance is assessed against 
key financial and operational 
performance measures linked to 
the delivery of the strategy and 
shareholder value determined 
each year by the Committee. 

The current performance 
measures are disclosed on 
pages 68 and 69 of the Annual 
Remuneration Report.

The Committee retains 
discretion to adjust the measures 
and/or weightings in future years 
to reflect prevailing financial, 
strategic and operational 
objectives of the business or of 
the individual. However, a 
minimum of 50% of the total 
will always be based on key 
financial measures.

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust the level of pay out if 
the outcome from a formulaic 
assessment does not 
appropriately reflect underlying 
business performance. 

Annual 
bonus

A variable pay 
opportunity which 
motivates and rewards 
annual performance and 
delivery of the strategy 
on an annual basis.

The Committee determines 
participation levels each year. 
Targets are set by the 
Committee at the start of the 
relevant financial year and are 
assessed following the year end. 

100% of salary

Deferral aligns reward 
with long term value 
of Redrow shares.

A portion (currently 50%) of any 
bonus earned will be deferred 
into Redrow shares, which are 
awarded in the form of nil-cost 
options which vest after a period 
set by the Committee. Currently, 
half of the deferred shares vests 
after one year and half after two 
years, subject to continued 
employment. 

Following exercise of a vested 
deferred share award, 
participants will be entitled to 
receive an amount equal to the 
aggregate of any dividends 
which they would have been 
entitled to receive as a 
shareholder during the period 
between the grant and 
satisfaction of the award.

In future years, the Committee 
retains the discretion to change 
the deferred amount and/or 
lengthen the deferral period. 

Where appropriate, the 
Committee may determine 
that deferral is in the form 
of an equivalent cash award 
(which in all other respects 
mirrors the terms of the deferred 
share awards).

Clawback provisions apply to 
both the cash and deferred 
elements (see pages 64 and 65).

62 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

63 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Component

Purpose/link to strategy Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

Designed to motivate 
and reward long-term 
performance and 
delivery of the strategy, 
and provide alignment 
with Redrow 
shareholders. 

The maximum award which 
may be granted in respect of 
a financial year will normally 
not exceed 100% of salary. 

However, in exceptional 
circumstances only, the 
Committee may make awards 
of up to 200% of salary.

The LTIP is based on 
performance measures aligned 
to the creation of long-term 
shareholder value, measured 
over a performance period of at 
least three years. The current 
performance measures are:

•  50% based on earnings per 

share (EPS); and

•  50% based on return on 
capital employed (ROCE)

For threshold performance, 20% 
of the maximum vests.

The Committee retains 
discretion to include additional 
or alternative financial 
performance measures and/or 
adjust the weightings in future 
years to reflect prevailing 
strategic or operational 
objectives of the business 
aligned with shareholder 
value creation. 

Performance conditions 
applicable to 2014 LTIP awards 
may be amended if an event 
occurs which causes the 
Committee to consider that an 
amended performance condition 
would be more appropriate and 
not materially less difficult 
to satisfy. 

Awards may be made under the 
Redrow plc 2014 Long Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) subject 
to approval of the LTIP from 
shareholders at the 2014 AGM. 

Awards are normally in the 
form of nil-cost options and 
vest subject to the satisfaction 
of performance conditions 
measured over a period of 
at least three years. 

The Committee may also 
determine that awards are made 
in the form of conditional share 
awards or as an equivalent 
cash award (which in all other 
respects mirrors the terms of 
the LTIP). 

Clawback provisions apply 
(see page 65).

Awards under the 2014 LTIP may 
incorporate the right to receive 
(in cash or shares) the aggregate 
value of dividends paid on vested 
shares between the vesting date 
and the date on which the 
awards are satisfied, on such 
basis as the Committee may 
determine, which may assume 
the reinvestment of these 
dividends in shares on a 
cumulative basis.

Dividend amounts are not paid 
on any awards until such time as 
the performance conditions are 
achieved and shares vest.

Where an individual waives any current or future right or entitlement to a remuneration payment or other benefit which he would 
otherwise be eligible to receive under any of the components set out in the Policy Table above, the Committee may determine that 
a charitable donation, which is, in its opinion, equivalent to the value of that payment or benefit, may be made by the Company.

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office (including exercising any 
discretions available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Remuneration Policy 
set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the Remuneration Policy came into effect or (ii) at a time 
when the relevant individual was not a director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a director of the Company. For these purposes “payments” includes the Committee 
agreeing awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are “agreed” at the time 
the award is granted.

Prior to the effective date of this Remuneration Policy, long-term incentive awards were granted under the Company’s 2004 LTIP. 
Awards have been granted in the form of nil-cost options (or equivalent cash-settled awards) with vesting being dependent on 
performance conditions. The number of shares (or notional shares) subject to awards and the performance conditions are set out 
in the Annual Remuneration Report. The performance conditions applicable to these awards may be amended if the Committee 
reasonably considers it would be a fairer measure of performance or it would be in accordance with the condition’s terms. Subject 
to approval by shareholders of the 2014 LTIP, it is not anticipated any further awards will be granted under this plan. Awards granted 
under this plan are not subject to recovery arrangements.

The Committee may make minor amendments to the Remuneration Policy (for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative 
purposes or to take account of a change in legislation) without obtaining shareholder approval.

64 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Choice of performance measures and target setting
For the annual bonus and LTIP, performance measures are chosen which help to drive and reward the achievement of the Group’s 
strategy and also provide alignment between employees and shareholders. The Committee reviews measures each year to ensure 
they remain appropriate and reflect the future strategic direction of the Group.

Targets for each performance measure are set by the Committee with reference to internal plans and external expectations. 
Performance is measured on a ‘sliding scale’ so that incentive payouts increase pro-rata for levels of performance in between the 
threshold and maximum performance targets.

Differences in pay policy for employees and Executive Directors
The principles applied to the remuneration of Executive Directors are essentially the same as those for the Company. The difference 
between pay for Executive Directors and employees is that for Executive Directors the variable pay element forms a greater 
proportion of the overall package and the total remuneration opportunity is higher to reflect the increased responsibility of the role.

While remuneration practices vary across the full employee population, they are based on the same broad principles which underpin 
the policy for Executive Directors set out above. For example:

•  Remuneration packages should be sufficient to attract and retain the calibre of talent necessary to deliver the strategy for 

shareholders; 

•  A significant number of Group employees are eligible to participate in bonus or incentive arrangements designed to drive a shared 

responsibility for delivering performance for shareholders;

•  Redrow operates a number of share incentive plans to encourage employee share ownership and align employees with the 

interests of shareholders. The deferred bonus plan is cascaded to senior management. All employees are entitled to participate in 
the Save As You Earn (SAYE) share option plan under which employees are granted options and encouraged to save in order to 
invest in Company shares; and 

•  All employees are eligible to participate in the defined contribution pension scheme.

Executive shareholding guidelines
Under the shareholding guidelines, Executive Directors are expected to build and retain a shareholding in the Group at least 
equivalent to 100% of base salary. The expected level of shareholding should be met within five years of appointment to the Board. 

Clawback
For awards under the annual bonus plan (including deferred share awards) made in respect of the 2015 financial year onwards and 
awards under the 2014 LTIP, the Committee has discretion to claw back awards in the event of a material misstatement of the 
Company’s audited financial results or employee misconduct. 

In such circumstances, at any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the payment of any cash bonus or vesting of a deferred bonus/
LTIP award, the Committee has discretion to:

•  reduce, cancel or impose further conditions on outstanding deferred bonus/LTIP awards; or 

•  require the participant to repay (in cash or shares) some or all of the value delivered from a deferred bonus/LTIP awards; and/or

•  require the participant to repay some or all of any cash bonus received.

Where a charitable donation has been made in accordance with the Remuneration Policy, clawback will not apply. 

For deferred bonus plan awards granted in previous years, if a participant’s gross misconduct has resulted in the material misstatement 
of the Group accounts (or the accounts of one of its members), any unexercised awards will lapse immediately and the participant 
will forfeit any shares previously acquired under awards made under that plan. 

Corporate events 
Awards under the deferred bonus plan, 2004 LTIP and 2014 LTIP will normally vest early in the event of a takeover or winding-up of 
the Company and, in the case of the 2004 LTIP and the deferred bonus plan, if the Company goes into administration or a voluntary 
arrangement is proposed with its creditors. In these circumstances, deferred bonus awards vest in full; the 2014 LTIP awards vest 
taking into account the relevant performance conditions and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, time pro rating to reflect 
the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed; and the 2004 LTIP awards vest, unless the Committee determines 
otherwise, to the extent the performance conditions have been satisfied, time pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the performance 
period that has elapsed. Alternatively, awards may be rolled over for equivalent awards in a different company. 

If the Company is or is likely to be affected by a demerger, special dividend, delisting or other event which in the Committee’s 
opinion, may affect the current or future value of the Company’s shares, the Committee may allow some or all of the awards to vest. 
The extent to which 2014 LTIP awards vest in these circumstances will be calculated on the same basis as set out above for a takeover. 

The terms of awards may be (a) in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital, delisting, special dividend or 
distribution, demerger or other event which may in the Committee’s opinion, affect the current or future value of the Company’s 
shares, adjusted or (b) amended in accordance with the plan rules.

65 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Illustration of Remuneration Policy
The charts below illustrate the potential value of the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors under the following 
scenarios (no share price growth is assumed):

•  Minimum – reflects fixed pay only (base salary and pension contributions as at 1 July 2014 and benefits included using the 

disclosed values for the year ended 30 June 2014).

•  Target – reflects fixed pay, target bonus (50% of salary) and LTIP awards vesting at threshold (i.e. 20% of salary).

•  Maximum – reflects fixed pay, maximum bonus (100% of salary) and maximum LTIP awards (100% of salary). 

Group Chief Executive  
(John Tutte)
£’000
2,000

Group Finance Director  
(Barbara Richmond)
£’000
1,200

Executive Chairman  
(Steve Morgan)
£’000
1,600

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£1,744

1,000

31%

31%

£1,042
10%

26%

£664

100%

64%

38%

800

600

400

200

0

£991

31%

31%

£595
10%

26%

£381

100%

64%

38%

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£1,408

33%

33%

£807
11%

29%

£484

100%

60%

34%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Approach to recruitment remuneration
On appointment of a new Executive Director, the Committee would seek to offer a remuneration package which can secure 
individuals with the necessary skills and experience to lead the business and deliver the strategy. At the same time, the Committee 
would intend to pay no more than it believes is necessary to facilitate such recruitment. 

Executive Directors would be appointed on to the remuneration package set out in the Policy Table for Executive Directors. Salaries 
would typically be set at an appropriately market competitive level to reflect skills and experience, although, if appropriate, the 
Committee may set salaries towards the lower end of the market range to allow future salary progression to reflect performance 
in the role. In accordance with the Policy Table, the Committee also has discretion to include other benefits such as housing or 
relocation benefits, if relevant to reflect specific individual circumstances. The maximum level of variable remuneration which 
may be awarded (excluding any compensatory awards referred to below) would be as set out in the Policy Table.

Where an individual forfeits outstanding incentive awards with a previous employer, the Committee may offer compensatory awards to 
facilitate recruitment. These awards would be in such form as the Committee considers appropriate taking into account all relevant factors 
including the form, expected value, anticipated vesting and timing of the forfeited awards. The value of any compensatory awards would be 
no higher, in the opinion of the Committee, than the value forfeited. While cash may be included in the recruitment package to reflect the 
forfeiture of cash-based incentive awards, the Committee does not envisage that substantial “golden hello” cash payments would be offered.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. Share awards 
may be granted under the Company’s LTIP in excess of the limits set out in the Policy Table above to provide compensatory buyout 
awards only (which may be subject to any performance conditions the Committee considers appropriate), in accordance with the 
terms above. If necessary, awards may be granted outside of these plans as currently permitted under the Listing Rules, but within 
the limits set out in this section. 

The remuneration package for a newly appointed Non-Executive Director would normally be in line with the structure set out in the 
Policy Table for Non-Executive Directors.

Service contracts 
The service agreements of the Executive Directors are rolling contracts which were entered into on the dates shown in the table below. 

Name

Steve Morgan

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

66 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Contract date

01/01/11

01/07/14

18/01/10

Notice period from 
the Director

Notice period from 
the Company

6 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

The service agreements provide for formal notice to be served to terminate the agreement, by either the Company or the Executive 
Director, with the required period of notice shown in the table. The agreements do not include any provisions for pre-determined 
compensation for early termination. The Committee may terminate service agreements immediately by making a payment in lieu 
of notice consisting of base salary, benefits and pension for the unexpired period of notice. At the discretion of the Committee, 
this payment may be made as instalments over the period, subject to a duty to mitigate, or as a lump sum.

For future appointments, it is the Committee’s policy that notice periods will normally be 12 months from both the Director and the 
Company, and that payments in lieu of notice will comprise no more than base salary, benefits and pension only over the unexpired 
period of notice. 

The Non-Executive Directors’ terms of appointment are detailed in formal letters of appointment as shown in the table below. Each 
appointment is for a fixed initial period of three years although this term is terminable upon either party giving three months’ notice. 

Name

Alan Jackson

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

Position

Deputy Chairman and 
Senior Independent Director

Engagement date

19/08/09

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

19/08/09

01/12/12

Letter of appointment  
Dated

17/09/13

17/09/13

01/12/12

Policy on payments following directors’ termination of service 
On termination, the Committee’s objective is to find an outcome which is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, 
taking into account the specific circumstances and performance of the individual, as well as any relevant contractual obligations and 
incentive plan rules. 

As described in the section above, contractual payments in lieu of notice would be limited to salary and contractual benefits and 
may be made in instalments subject to mitigation. 

The Committee has discretion to make a payment under the annual bonus in respect of the year of leaving where an individual is 
designated a “good leaver” (as described below). In such circumstances, the maximum bonus opportunity would normally be 
reduced pro-rata to reflect the portion of the year served. Any payment would remain subject to performance against the original 
targets and, if practicable, would be assessed and paid (in cash) as part of the normal year end assessment process. 

Outstanding awards under the deferred bonus plan and the LTIP would be treated in accordance with the relevant plan rules. Under 
these rules, if the participant leaves as a “good leaver”, then the treatment of outstanding awards will be as follows: 

•  Deferred bonus. Nil-cost options will be exercisable for a period of six months following the date of cessation. Options will be 

exercisable in full unless (for awards made in respect of 2015 and subsequent financial years other than in the case of death) the 
Committee exercises discretion to reduce the awards pro-rata to reflect the extent to which the vesting period had elapsed at the 
date of cessation; and

•  LTIP. Awards will normally continue to the original vesting date although the Committee may determine that awards vest 

following cessation. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, awards will be reduced pro-rata to reflect the extent to which 
the performance period has elapsed at the date of cessation. The Committee will decide the extent to which the award vests in 
these circumstances, taking account of the extent to which the performance condition is satisfied. If an individual dies, his LTIP 
awards will normally vest shortly following his death and his 2014 LTIP awards will only be time pro-rated if the Committee 
considers it appropriate.

Circumstances in which a participant will be considered a “good leaver” are: death, ill-health, injury, disability, redundancy, 
retirement or the sale of the individual’s employing company or business outside of the Group.

Where an individual leaves the Company for any other reason, deferred bonus and unvested LTIP awards will lapse. 

The Committee retains discretion to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an 
existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim 
arising in connection with the termination of a director’s office or employment. The details and rationale for any such payments 
would be disclosed in the Annual Remuneration Report.  

67 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information  
Governance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Policy Table for the Non-Executive Directors
Component

Approach of the Company

Non-Executive fees

Fees are determined by the Board excluding the Non-Executive Directors. The fee encompasses a basic 
fee and may also include supplementary fees for committee or other duties. 

The fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors will not exceed the limit set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association and will be set at a level which reflects skills, experience, time commitment 
and appropriate market data. 

The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any bonus or incentive plan, nor do they receive any benefits nor participate 
in any pension arrangements. 

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company
When setting the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors, the Committee has regard to the pay and employment conditions of 
employees within the Company. The Committee did not consult directly with employees when formulating the Remuneration Policy 
for Executive Directors. The Committee considers salary increases within the business but does not formally consider any other 
comparison metrics.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee engaged with major shareholders on the development of the Remuneration Policy and the renewal of the LTIP. 
Views expressed during this engagement were taken into account by the Committee in finalising the proposals. 

The Annual Remuneration Report 
The tables below set out the remuneration for the Directors in respect of 2014. Further discussion of each of the components, including the 
intended operation of the policy for 2015, is set out on the pages which follow. Where indicated, these disclosures have been audited. 

Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table (audited)
The remuneration of the Executive Directors in respect of 2014 is shown in the table below (with the prior year comparative).
Total

Annual bonus(iv)

Benefits(ii)

Pension(iii)

Salary

LTIP(v)

£’000

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

Steve Morgan(i)

John Tutte(vi)

Barbara Richmond

15

405

272

15

395

265

22

16

15

3

17

15

–

81

54

–

79

53

–

405

272

–

316

212

–

907

604

–

37

18

233

1,814

1,040

155

1,217

700

(i)  Steve Morgan draws a nominal salary of £15k per annum which he donates via Payroll Giving to the Morgan Foundation, a UK registered charity of which 

Steve Morgan is a trustee. 
The Company also made a donation to the Morgan Foundation of £654k in respect of 2014 (2013: £594k). This donation amount is made up of a notional salary of 
£431k (being the balance of Steve Morgan’s notional salary of £446k less the £15k nominal salary) and £223k (being an amount in respect of the cash annual bonus 
which Steve Morgan waived his entitlement to). The notional cash bonus represents half of the total bonus for 2014, calculated using the notional salary of £446k 
and a bonus percentage of 100% of maximum, equivalent to that earned by John Tutte and Barbara Richmond). 
The remaining half of Steve Morgan’s 2014 bonus amount (£223k) is deferred into cash awards over notional Redrow shares, and will become exercisable as 
described in footnote (iv) below. Steve Morgan’s 2011 LTIP award, also structured as a cash award over notional Redrow shares, will vest in full on 21 September 
2014 based on performance to the 2014 financial year (as described on page 70). The value of this award (calculated using the average share price over the last three 
months of 2014 in accordance with footnote (v) below) is £1,027k (2013: £264k). Steve Morgan currently intends to waive his entitlement to these awards at a 
future point (at any time during the relevant exercise period). A donation to the Morgan Foundation may be made by the Company of an amount equivalent to the 
cash value of the awards over notional Redrow shares at that time. Any such donation will be disclosed in the relevant remuneration report.
Further details on the donation to the Morgan Foundation are given in the Directors’ report on page 78 and in note 22 to the financial statements.

(ii)  Benefits include a fully expensed company car (or equivalent cash allowance) and private health insurance.
(iii) Pension includes the value of the cash allowance paid to John Tutte and Barbara Richmond in respect of the relevant year. 
(iv) Annual bonus represents the full value of the bonus awarded in respect of the relevant financial year. Half of the bonus is deferred into Redrow shares, which vests 
in two tranches of 50% each, on the first and second anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued employment. For Steve Morgan, deferral is in the form of 
cash awards over notional Redrow shares. 

(v)  LTIP represents the value of the LTIP award which vests in respect of a performance period ending in the relevant financial year. The 2014 column includes the value 
of the 2011 LTIP award which will vest in full on 21 September 2014, using the average share price over the last three months of 2014. The 2013 column includes the 
vested value of the 2010 LTIP award (which vested at 19% of maximum), based on the share price on the date of vesting (18 February 2014). 

(vi) John Tutte is the highest paid director. 
(vii) The aggregate notional gain made by Directors on the exercise of options in 2014 was £600k. All shares received following exercise and payment of tax were retained.

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors in respect of 2014 are shown in the table below (with the prior year comparative). 
Fees

£’000

Alan Jackson

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

*Nick Hewson was appointed to the Board on 1 December 2012.

68 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

2014

2013

99

54

45

90

45

26*

Key components of remuneration
The following sections describe how the Committee implemented key elements of the policy in 2014 and how the policy is intended 
to operate in 2015. 

Salary
The Committee’s policy on salary increases, as set out in the Remuneration Policy, is that they should normally be in line with 
increases for employees within the business. This approach has been applied consistently by the Committee over a number of years, 
including for 2013/2014. The salaries of the Executive Directors were increased on 1 July 2013 as follows: John Tutte’s salary was 
increased by 2.5% to £405,000, Barbara Richmond’s salary was increased by 2.6% to £272,000 and Steve Morgan’s notional salary 
was increased by 2.5% to £446,000. 

As described earlier in this report, in response to the increase in the scale and scope of our business, and as part of our succession 
planning, John Tutte was promoted to the role of Group Chief Executive at the start of the current financial year. To reflect the 
change in role and specifically the substantial increase in remit and responsibilities, the Committee determined that it would be 
appropriate to make a one-off adjustment to base salary from £405,000 to £540,000 with effect from 1 July 2014. This has been 
fully benchmarked against market data for companies of a similar size and complexity, with market data provided by our 
independent external advisers.

In addition, to reflect the growth of the business, performance in role and in consideration of market positioning in a very 
competitive sector, the Committee also decided to increase the base salary for Barbara Richmond to £305,000 with effect from 
1 July 2014. When Barbara was appointed, the Committee noted that her salary had been set to reflect the scale of the Company 
at the time and that given her experience, we would review its market competitiveness in line with the Company’s growth. This 
has been fully benchmarked against market data for companies of a similar size and complexity, with market data provided by our 
independent external advisers.

The notional salary for Steve Morgan will increase by 3.6% to £462,000 on 1 July 2014.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors during 2014 continued to be 100% of salary. This was based on the 
achievement of stretching targets under a balanced scorecard of four equally weighted key performance measures. The scorecard 
combines measures which represent an appropriate balance between ‘backward looking’ financial performance (PBT and ROCE) and 
‘forward looking’ strategic and operational measures (land bank and order book) which support shareholder value creation over the 
medium to long term. 

% of bonus opportunity

Rationale

PBT

ROCE

Land bank

Order book

25%

25%

25%

25%

A fundamental measure of annual profitability

A measure of how effectively we use our capital base

Measures the foundation for our future success

A key indicator of medium term profitability

Based on exceptional performance, with the targets for maximum payment exceeded for all four of the measures, the Committee 
determined that the bonus should pay out at the maximum level, resulting in bonus awards to the Executive Directors as shown in 
the Single Total Figure of Remuneration on page 68. 

The Committee has determined that performance targets for the 2014 annual bonus are currently commercially sensitive and it 
would therefore be inappropriate to disclose them at this time. Subject to the Committee determining that they are no longer 
commercially sensitive, it is intended that the bonus targets for 2014 will be disclosed in the 2016 Annual Remuneration Report.

As stated above, Executive Directors continue to be required to defer 50% of any bonus earned into shares, half of which will vest 
after one year and the remaining half after two years, subject to continued employment and clawback. Steve Morgan’s notional cash 
award is subject to the same deferral schedule. 

For 2015, the annual bonus will operate on the same basis as for 2014, assessed using the same balanced scorecard of measures. 
The Committee and Board of Redrow believe that the specific performance targets and weightings are commercially sensitive and 
therefore it is inappropriate to publish further detail in this report. In line with the policy outlined above, it is the current intention 
that the targets will be disclosed in the 2017 Annual Remuneration Report provided the Committee is comfortable they are no 
longer sensitive.

For the 2015 bonus, clawback provisions for both the cash and deferred share elements will apply, as described in the 
Remuneration Policy. 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The LTIP is designed to motivate and reward long-term performance and delivery of the strategy and provide alignment with Redrow 
shareholders. The current policy is to make annual awards at the level of 100% of salary. 

69 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
Governance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

The vesting of LTIP awards is based on performance of EPS and ROCE, pre-exceptional, with 50% relating to performance of each 
measure. The Committee believes that these two measures are transparent, are easy to understand, track and communicate, are 
cost effective to measure and fundamentally aligned to the strategic ambitions that have been communicated to the market:

•  EPS ensures that the team delivers strong ‘bottom line’ profitability and growth for shareholders; and

•  ROCE provides balance by requiring that profit is delivered efficiently from a capital perspective.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust the number of shares vesting from the award if it considers that performance 
in the metrics above is not sufficiently reflective of the general growth created by the market.

Steve Morgan’s awards under the LTIP are receivable in cash but in all other respects mirror the terms and conditions of the LTIP 
awarded to the other Executive Directors. 

The current Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was approved by shareholders in 2004 and is due to expire this year. The Committee 
believes that the structure of the LTIP remains appropriate and aligned to the interests of shareholders and is therefore seeking 
approval for a renewed LTIP at the 2014 AGM. The plan will essentially be the same as the previous plan in terms of both structure 
and quantum, but will be updated to reflect current law, regulation and best practice principles. For example, awards will be subject 
to clawback where in circumstances of material misstatement of audited results or employee misconduct, at any time prior to the 
fifth anniversary of the vesting of an award, the Committee has discretion to reduce, cancel or impose other conditions on 
outstanding awards and/or require the participant to repay some or all of the value delivered from LTIP awards. Full details are 
provided in the Remuneration Policy and the Notice of AGM. 

The sections below summarise details of the LTIP awards which vested in respect of 2014 (2011 awards) and which were granted 
during the 2014 financial year, both of which were made under the 2004 LTIP scheme. The final section provides details of awards 
which will be made during the 2015 financial year under the new LTIP scheme following approval by shareholders. 

LTIP awards vesting in respect of 2014 
The LTIP awards granted in September 2011 were based on performance over the three year performance period ending in 2014. 
Based on performance against the EPS and ROCE targets set when the award was granted, summarised in the table below, the 
Committee determined that the 2011 LTIP awards will vest in full on 21 September 2014. The value of these vested awards is 
included in the 2014 LTIP column of the Single Total Figure of Remuneration on page 68. 

Award vesting level (for each component)

Nil

10%

20%

50%

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

Actual performance

Vesting (% of total award)

EPS for 2014

Below 14.2p

14.2p

15.9p

ROCE for 2014

Below 12%

12%

14%

17.5p or above

16% or above

28.6p

50%

18%

50%

LTIP awards granted during 2014 
The LTIP awards granted in September 2013 will vest in September 2016 based on performance over the three year performance 
period ending in 2016 as follows:
Award vesting level (for each component)

ROCE for 2016

EPS for 2016

Nil

10%

30%

50%

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

Below 39p

Below 16.1%

39p

43.5p

16.1%

18.1%

48p or above

20% or above

Scheme interests awarded during 2014 (audited)
The following table sets out details of LTIP awards to Executive Directors during the 2014 financial year.

Executive Director

Type of interest

Basis of award

Face value

Steve Morgan

LTIP (cash)

100% of salary

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

LTIP

LTIP

100% of salary

100% of salary

£435k

£395k

£265k

Threshold vesting  
(% of maximum)

End of performance 
period

20%

20%

20%

30 June 2016

30 June 2016

30 June 2016

Awards to John Tutte and Barbara Richmond are made in the form of nil-cost options. As described above, awards to Steve Morgan 
are made in the form of cash which in all other respects mirror the terms of the awards to other directors. 

The face value has been calculated using the average share price used to determine the number of shares awarded, being 237.5p 
(the average over the three days to the date of grant, 24 September 2013). 

Awards under the 2004 LTIP were made at 100% of the base salary for the preceding financial year in line with the rules of that scheme. 

LTIP awards to be granted during 2015 
Awards in the 2015 financial year will be made under the renewed LTIP plan following, and subject to, shareholder approval at the 
2014 AGM. Awards will be made at the level of 100% of salary and will be subject to the following EPS and ROCE performance 
targets, measured over the three year period ending in 2017:

Award vesting level (for each component)

Nil

10%

30%

50%

EPS for 2017

Below 52.0p

52.0p

57.8p

ROCE for 2017

Below 17.7%

17.7%

20.0%

63.6p or above

22.0% or above

Vesting between the points above is on a sliding scale basis

Shareholding guidelines and share interests
Under the shareholding guidelines, Executive Directors are expected to build and retain a shareholding in the Group at least 
equivalent to 100% of base salary. Following a review of the operation of the shareholding guidelines, the Committee has added 
a provision to the guidelines that the expected level of shareholding should be met within five years of appointment to the Board. 
As shown in the table below, all Executive Directors currently meet this guideline. Non-Executive Directors are not subject to a 
shareholding guideline. 

Statement of shareholding and scheme interests (audited)
The following table sets out the shareholding (including connected persons) of the Directors in the Company as at 30 June 2014 and 
current interests in long-term incentives.

Number of shares beneficially  
held at 30 June 2014

Shareholding as % of salary

Guideline met?

Executive Directors

Steve Morgan

John Tutte

Barbara Richmond

Non-Executive Directors

Alan Jackson

Debbie Hewitt

Nick Hewson

149,386,045

290,168

187,319

22,177

21,605

11,350

90,598%

150%

172%

Yes

Yes

Yes

Shareholding as a percentage of salary is calculated using the shareholding and base salary as at 1 July 2014 and the average share 
price for the final quarter of 2014.

70 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

71 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

The table below provides details of the interests of the Executive Directors in incentive awards during the year. 
Exercise 
price 
£

Awards held 
at 1 July 
2013

Share price 
on grant  
£

Awards 
held at 30 
June 2014

Awards 
exercised  
in year

Awards 
granted  
in year

Awards 
lapsed  
in year

Awards 
vested

Grant date

From

To

John Tutte

CSOP 2008

23,981 21/11/2008

1.30

(23,981)

SAYE 2011

9,453 15/11/2011

0.952

–

LTIP 2008

471,512 21/11/2008

1.30 (471,512)

–

–

–

LTIP 2010

365,131 18/02/2011

1.30 (295,757)

69,374

LTIP 2011

323,834 21/09/2011

LTIP 2012

246,164 23/10/2012

– 24/09/2013

124,919 23/10/2012

LTIP 2013

Deferred 
bonus 2012

Deferred 
bonus 2013

– 24/09/2013

2.37

–

–

–

–

–

–

166,316

–

–

–

(69,374)

–

–

–

–

–

323,834

246,164

166,316

–

1.25 21/11/13 21/11/18

9,453

0.95 01/01/15 01/07/15

– 21/11/13 20/11/18

– 18/02/14 19/04/21

– 21/09/14 20/09/21

– 23/10/15 22/10/22

– 24/09/16 24/09/23

62,460

–

(62,460)

62,459

– 23/10/13 22/10/22

–

66,526

–

66,526

– 24/09/14 24/09/23

1,564,994

(791,250) 131,834 232,842 (131,834) 874,752

Barbara Richmond

SAYE 2010

9,146 05/11/2010

0.984

SAYE 2014

– 11/11/2013

1.98

–

–

9,146

–

(9,146)

–

0.98 01/01/14 01/07/14

–

4,545

–

4,545

1.98 01/01/17 01/07/17

LTIP 2010

243,421 18/02/2011

1.30

(197,170)

46,251

LTIP 2011

215,889 21/09/2011

LTIP 2012

164,322 23/10/2012

– 24/09/2013

83,387 23/10/2012

LTIP 2013

Deferred 
bonus 2012

Deferred 
bonus 2013

– 24/09/2013

2.37

–

–

–

111,579

(46,251)

–

– 18/02/14 19/04/21

–

–

–

215,889

164,322

111,579

– 21/09/14 20/09/21

– 23/10/15 22/10/22

– 24/09/16 24/09/23

41,694

–

(41,694)

41,693

– 23/10/13 22/10/22

–

44,632

–

44,632

– 24/09/14 24/09/23

716,165

(197,170)

97,091 160,756

(97,091) 582,660

Steve Morgan*

LTIP 2010

413,816 18/02/2011

1.30

(335,191)

78,625

–

–

–

183,158

68,949

–

–

–

–

–

78,625

367,012

271,739

183,158

137,897

– 18/02/14 19/04/21

– 21/09/14 20/09/21

– 23/10/15 22/10/22

– 24/09/16 24/09/23

– 23/10/13 22/10/22

1.10

1.54

2.37

1.54

1.10

1.54

2.37

1.54

1.10

1.54

2.37

1.54

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

LTIP 2011

367,012 21/09/2011

LTIP 2012

271,739 23/10/2012

– 24/09/2013

137,897 23/10/2012

LTIP 2013

Deferred 
bonus 2012

Deferred 
bonus 2013

– 24/09/2013

2.37

–

73,263

–

73,263

– 24/09/14 24/09/23

1,190,464

(335,191) 147,574 256,421

– 1,111,694

*All scheme interests held by Steve Morgan are receivable in cash on terms which in all other respects mirror those for other Executive Directors. 

(i)  The performance condition attached to the exercise of share options granted under the CSOP 2008 is growth in EPS. The performance condition end date was 

30 June 2013. The performance condition was not met and the award lapsed in full. 

(ii)  The performance conditions attached to 2010 LTIP awards were EPS, ROCE and TSR over the three year performance period to 2014. As disclosed in the 2013 

Directors’ remuneration report, these awards vested at 19% of maximum on 18 February 2014.

(iii) The performance conditions attached to 2011 LTIP awards are EPS and ROCE over the three year performance period to 2014. As disclosed on page 70, these awards 

will vest in full on 21 September 2014.

(iv) The performance conditions attached to 2012 LTIP awards are EPS and ROCE over the three year performance period to 2015 and were disclosed in the 2013 

Directors’ remuneration report. 

(v)  The performance conditions attached to 2013 LTIP awards are shown on page 70.
(vi) There are no further performance conditions attached to the exercise of the deferred bonus awards.
(vii) Between 1 July 2014 and 1 September 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the posting of this report), there were no further changes to the directors’ 

interests set out in the Statement of shareholding and scheme interests above.

72 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Pension
John Tutte is a deferred member of the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (now closed to future accrual) and details of entitlements 
under this plan are set out below. He also receives a pension allowance supplement of 20% of salary. Barbara Richmond receives a 
pension allowance supplement equivalent to 20% of salary. The value of these cash supplements is included in the pension column 
of the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table on page 68. John Tutte and Barbara Richmond are also covered by fixed term group 
income protection and death in service benefit.

Steve Morgan is a pensioner member of the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme.

Total Pension Entitlements (audited)
Details of the Executive Directors’ pension entitlements under the defined benefit section of the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme are 
as follows:

Director

John Tutte

Normal  
retirement date

24 June 2021

Accrued benefit  
at 30 June 2014  
£

52,862

Benefits paid to Director during 
period up to 30 June 2014 
£

Defined Benefit accrued during 
period up to 30 June 2014 
£

Nil

Nil

The normal retirement date shows the date at which the director can retire without actuarial reduction. No additional benefit is 
available on early retirement.

The accrued pension shown above is the amount of pension entitlement that would be paid each year on retirement on the 
normal retirement date, based on service to 29 February 2012. The Scheme closed the accrual of future benefits with effect from 
1 March 2012.

Non-Executive Director fee policy
The fees for the Non-Executive Directors were reviewed in 2013 and an increase of £10,000 was awarded to Alan Jackson (to £100k) 
and Debbie Hewitt (to £55k) with effect from 17 September 2013, to reflect the fact that they had not had an increase since 2009. 
Nick Hewson joined in 2012 and is paid £45k. These fees will apply to 2015. Going forward, fees will be reviewed on an annual basis.

Supporting disclosures and additional context
Percentage change in remuneration of Executive Chairman
The table below shows the percentage change in the salary, benefits and annual bonus of the Executive Chairman and of all Redrow 
employees who qualify for participation in the Company’s bonus and benefits plans between 2013 and 2014. 
Executive 
Chairman

All Redrow 
employees

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

 2.5%*

 633%**

28%***

4.2%

–12%

12%

*  Represents the change in Steve Morgan’s notional salary
**  Reflects Steve Morgan taking up a company car for the first time in 2014. 
*** Reflects the increase in the notional bonus component of the donation to the Morgan Foundation from 80% of maximum in 2013 to 100% of maximum in 2014, 

reflecting performance. 

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below shows total employee remuneration and distributions to shareholders, in respect of 2014 and 2013 (and the 
difference between the two). 
£m

2013

2014

Change (%)

Total employee remuneration

Distributions to shareholders 

61.7

11.1

48.6

3.7

27%

200%

Total employee remuneration represents amounts included in note 7a to the financial statements in respect of wages, social security, 
pension and incentive costs for all Group employees. Distributions to shareholders include the total dividend in respect of each 
financial year (see note 5 to the financial statements). 

73 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationThe Committee meets as often as is required but at least twice per year. The Committee met four times during the course of the 
financial year ended 30 June 2014. All members of the Committee attended every meeting.

The Committee retained Deloitte LLP as independent advisor to the Committee during the year. Deloitte LLP was originally appointed 
by the Committee in 2010 following a selection process undertaken by the Committee. Deloitte LLP is a member of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group and as such voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in 
the UK. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte LLP engagement partner and team, that provide remuneration advice to 
the Committee, do not have connections with Redrow plc that may impair their objectivity and independence. The fees charged 
by Deloitte LLP for the provision of independent advice to the Committee during 2014 were £20,500. Deloitte LLP also provides 
the Company with tax advisory services but does not have any other connection with the Company

Statement of voting at Annual General Meeting
At the Annual General Meeting held on 11 November 2013, votes cast by proxy and at the meeting in respect of directors’ 
remuneration are shown in the table. 

Resolution

No.

%

No.

Votes For

Votes Against

%

Total  
votes cast

Votes  
Withheld

Approval of remuneration report for 
year ended 30 June 2013

302,592,296

97.38

8,152,303

2.62

310,744,599

508,718

By order of the Board

Debbie Hewitt
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
1 September 2014

Governance report
Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Performance graph and table
The chart below shows the TSR of Redrow in the five year period to 30 June 2014 against the TSR of the FTSE 250 and FTSE Small 
Cap. TSR refers to share price growth with re-invested dividends. The Committee believes the FTSE 250 and FTSE Small Cap indices 
are the most appropriate indices against which the TSR of Redrow should be measured.

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

)
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
(
n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Redrow

FTSE 250

FTSE Small Cap

Year ended 30 June

The table below provides notional remuneration data for the Executive Chairman for each of the five financial years over the 
equivalent period. 

Remuneration/donations*

Bonus (% of Maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of Maximum)

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

£592k 

£582k

£642k

£612k 

£691k

52%

0%

50%

100%

0%

0%

80%

19%

100%

100%

*  This value includes the nominal salary and benefits disclosed in the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table as well as Company donations to the Morgan 

Foundation, a UK registered charity of which Steve Morgan is a trustee, reflecting notional salary and waived annual cash bonus in respect of the relevant year, 
as disclosed in the footnotes to the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table and in the Directors’ report on page 78 and in note 22 to the financial statements. 
In addition, Steve Morgan holds unexercised deferred bonus and vested LTIP cash awards and currently intends to waive his entitlement to these at a future point. 
A donation to the Morgan Foundation may be made by the Company of an amount equivalent to the cash value of the awards over notional Redrow shares at 
that time. Any such donation will be disclosed in the relevant remuneration report (including in the table above). For completeness, the value of these awards 
(calculated in accordance with the methodology applicable to the Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table) is as follows:
•  DBP: 2012: £213k; 2013: £174k; 2014: £223k
•  LTIP: 2013: £264k; 2014: £1,027k

External non-executive directorships held by Executive Directors
It is the Committee’s policy that, with the approval of the Board, Executive Directors may hold one non-executive directorship at 
another company in order to broaden their knowledge and experience to the benefit of the Company. The Executive Director may 
retain any fee received for these duties. 

Barbara Richmond became a non-executive director of Lonza Group Ltd with effect from 16 April 2014. In line with the Committee’s 
policy, she is entitled to retain the fees from this appointment. She received fees of £39,293 during 2014, as she joined in the last 
quarter of the year. 

Consideration of directors’ remuneration – Remuneration Committee and advisors
The Remuneration Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors and comprises Debbie Hewitt as Chairman, Alan 
Jackson and Nick Hewson. 

The Committee has agreed Terms of Reference detailing its authority and responsibilities. The Terms of Reference of the Committee 
are kept under regular review and are published on the Group’s website and include:

•  determining the Remuneration Policy in respect of the Executive Directors and the Company secretary (together ‘the Senior 

Executives’), taking into account the context of the Company’s overall approach to remuneration for all employees and within 
this Policy determining the total individual package of each Senior Executive;

•  determining performance targets and the extent of their achievement for both annual and long term incentive awards operated 

by the Company affecting Senior Executives; and

•  monitoring and approving the level and structure of remuneration of the Managing Directors immediately below the 

Senior Executives.

74 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

75 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance report
Directors’ report

The Directors have pleasure in presenting to the shareholders 
their report and audited consolidated financial statements for 
the 12 months ended 30 June 2014.

Results, Dividends and Future Prospects
The Group made a profit after tax of £102.7m (2013: £53.1m). 
An interim dividend of 1.0p (2013: nil p) net per share was 
paid on 2 May 2014. The Board proposes to pay, subject to 
shareholder approval, at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, 
a final dividend of 2.0p (2013: Final Dividend: 1.0p) net per share 
in respect of the year ended 30 June 2014 on 14 November 2014 
to shareholders on the Register as at the close of business on 
26 September 2014. The dividend re-investment plan gives 
shareholders the opportunity to re-invest their dividends.

A review of the performance of the Group and its future 
prospects is included in the Strategic report on pages 2 to 45. 
Details of the financial risk management objectives and policies 
and associated risk exposure is given in note 14: Financial Risk 
Management.

Annual General Meeting
Notice of the 2014 Annual General Meeting to be held on 
Monday, 10 November 2014 is set out on pages 117 to 122. 
Members wishing to vote should return forms of proxy to the 
Company’s Registrar not less than 48 hours before the time for 
holding the meeting. 

Corporate Governance
The Board remains committed to high standards of corporate 
governance. Details relating to the Company’s compliance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code are given in the Corporate 
Governance section on pages 48 to 79.

Directors
The Directors of the Company during the year to the date of 
signing are listed on page 82 and the current Directors are also 
listed, together with their biographical details on pages 50, 51 
and 120.

Details of Directors’ pay, service contracts and Directors’ 
interests in the ordinary shares of the Company are included in 
the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 66, 67, 68 and 71. 

Formal appraisals of the Executive Directors were undertaken 
during the Financial Year. All the Non-Executive Directors 
underwent an annual appraisal conducted by the Non-Executive 
Deputy Chairman. The Board confirms that Steve Morgan, John 
Tutte and Barbara Richmond, who stand for re-appointment as 
Executive Directors and Debbie Hewitt and Nick Hewson who 
stand for re-appointment as Non-Executive Directors, continue 
to be effective and demonstrate the appropriate commitment 
to their roles. 

Following Alan Jackson’s retirement Liz Peace has been 
appointed a Non-Executive Director and Debbie Hewitt will 
become Senior Independent Director and Chair of the 
Nomination Committee. Liz Peace will chair the Sustainability 
Committee and will be a member of the Audit Committee, 
Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee.

The Executive Directors have formal service agreements and 
termination of their employment may be effective by 12 
months’ notice given by the Company, except for Steve Morgan 
where the notice period is six months.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all 
the Directors will retire at the Annual General Meeting to be 
held on Monday, 10 November 2014, and, being eligible, offer 
themselves for re-appointment with the exception of Alan 
Jackson who informed the Board that it was his intention to 
retire from the Board. The remaining members of the Board will 
offer themselves for re-appointment in accordance with the 
Articles of Association.

Directors’ Interests
Related party transactions are disclosed in note 22 to the 
financial statements. A summary of remuneration provided 
to key management personnel is provided in note 7c.

Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, UK legislation 
and any of the directions given by Special Resolution, the 
business of the Company is managed by the Board, which may 
exercise all the powers of the Company. Directors have been 
authorised to allot and issue shares and to make market 
purchases of the Company’s ordinary shares and these powers 
may be exercised under authority and Resolutions of the 
Company passed at its Annual General Meeting. 

The rules in relation to the appointment and replacement of 
Directors are as set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. 

Capital Structure
Redrow plc is a public listed company, listed on the London Stock 
Exchange and domiciled in the UK.

The Company has an authorised share capital of 480,000,000 
ordinary shares of 10p each of which 369,799,938 have been 
issued. The Company has one class of ordinary shares which 
carry ordinary rights to dividends (subject to the Company’s 
Articles of Association). Each share carries the right to one 
vote at general meetings of the Company.

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s 
share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Authority was given to the Directors at last year’s Annual 
General Meeting to allot unissued shares up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £12,326,665 equivalent to approximately 
33% of the Company’s issued share capital and up to a further 
aggregate nominal amount of £12,326,665 in connection with 
an offer by way of a rights issue. The authority was not exercised 
during the period ending 30 June 2014 or prior to the date of this 
Report. The Company has no current intention of exercising the 
authority but nevertheless as this authority expires at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting the Directors will be 
seeking new authorities as set out in the Notice of Meeting.

Voting and Transfer of Shares
The Company’s Articles of Association do not contain any 
specific restrictions on the size of a shareholder’s holding or 
on the transfer of shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities and/or voting rights.

The Company’s Articles of Association do not contain and the 
Company is not aware of any restrictions on voting rights, 
including any limitations on voting rights of holders of a given 

77 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Directors’ 
report

76 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Cerney On The Water, Gloucestershire

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationGovernance report
Directors’ report continued

percentage or number of votes, deadlines for exercising voting 
rights and arrangements by which the Company’s co-operation 
and financial rights carried by securities are held by a person 
other than the holder of the securities.

The voting rights attaching to the shares held by the Company’s 
Employee Benefit Trust are exercisable by Abacus Trust Company 
(Isle of Man), the Trustee of the Trust.

Substantial Holdings in the Company
As at 1 September 2014, the Company has been advised 
of the following notifiable interests of 3% or more in its 
ordinary shares:

Bridgemere Securities Limited 
(including Steve Morgan)

149,386,045

40.40%

Toscafund Asset Management LLP

36,427,860

9.85%

Schroders plc

FIL Limited

BlackRock Inc

Caledonia (Private) Investments  
Pty Limited

19,855,864

5.37%

17,343,977

4.69%

15,277,577

4.13%

11,321,760

3.06%

The persons set out in the table above have notified the Company 
pursuant to Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of 
their interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company.

All the notifiable interests referred to above were correct as at 
30 June 2014 other than that of Caledonia (Private) Investments 
Pty Limited who aquired their shareholding in the Company 
following 30 June 2014 but before 1 September 2014.

Employees 
The Company is committed to employment policies, which 
follow best practice, based on equal opportunities for all 
employees, irrespective of sex, race, colour, disability or marital 
status. The Company gives full and fair consideration to 
applications for employment from disabled persons, having 
regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. Appropriate 
arrangements are made for the continued employment and 

training, career development and promotion of disabled persons 
employed by the Company. If members of staff become disabled 
the Company continues employment, either in the same or 
an alternative position, with appropriate re-training being given 
if necessary.

The Company provides information on a regular basis to all its 
employees through the use of the Company’s intranet, the 
Redroweb, and through its monthly newsletter, the ‘Insight 
Magazine’ which contains articles and news which are of interest 
to the employees. The Company has also recently undertaken an 
employee wide consultation by engaging the employees of the 
Company on employee matters and has reported its findings to 
its employees.

The Company places considerable importance on the provision 
of training and development; training@redrow, a purpose built 
in-house training facility at Tamworth, completed 2,952 training 
days during the year ended 30 June 2014, including those which 
support the Company’s induction process.

The Directors recognise the importance of good communications 
with employees. The Divisions are encouraged to make their 
employees aware of the financial and economic factors affecting 
their respective Divisions and the Company as a whole. This is 
assisted through the medium of regular management meetings, 
staff publications, its internal staff ‘Insight Magazine’ and the 
Redrow intranet.

Employee share ownership is encouraged through savings 
related schemes.

Charitable and Political Donations
The Company made no political donations but paid £706,000 
in charitable donations during the year. The Company and its 
employees are actively involved in fundraising activities for 
specific charities and in the year of its 40th anniversary the 
Divisions, Group Services and Harrow Estates are undertaking 
the ‘Redrow Charity Challenge’ to raise as much money for 
charitable good causes as possible. The Company made a 
£654,000 donation during the year to the Morgan Foundation, 
a UK registered charity of which Steve Morgan is a Trustee. 

Greenhouse gas emissions 
Greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions date for the period 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014.

Table 1

Current Reporting Year
(1 July 13 to 30 June 14)

Comparison Year
(1 July 12 to 30 Jun 13)

Units

Emissions from:

Scope 1 activities:
•  Combustion of fuel at our offices and sites
•  Business use of Redrow-owned and leased vehicles

Scope 2 activities:
•  All purchased electricity

Total greenhouse gas emissions:
•  (Scope 1 + Scope 2)

Our preferred intensity ratio: 

7,240

2,770

10,010

7,118

2,539

9,657

Total greenhouse gas emissions relative to build:

2.64

3.06

78 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Tonnes of CO2e

Tonnes of CO2e

Tonnes of CO2e

Tonnes of CO2e per 
100m2 of build

Going Concern
The Directors have acknowledged the guidance on going concern 
and financial reporting published by the Financial Reporting 
Council in October 2009.

As explained in the Financial review on page 28, the Group 
maintains adequate committed banking facilities. As stated 
in note 14 to the financial statements, at 30 June 2014, 
the Group had £190m of undrawn committed borrowing 
facilities available. 

After making appropriate enquiries, the Directors consider they 
have a reasonable expectation for stating that the Group and the 
Company have adequate resources to continue trading for the 
foreseeable future. These enquiries consisted of a detailed review 
of the Group’s financial forecast for the period to 31 December 
2015. The forecasts take into account current market trends 
with reasonable judgements and estimates applied to arrive 
at future cash flow estimates. As part of the review, the Group 
analysed its forecast covenant compliance over this period 
linked to its banking facility, arriving at an assessment of the 
headroom evident between the forecast covenant test outturn 
and the outturn necessary to achieve covenant compliance. 
The review of confirmed headroom within both financial 
covenants and facilities.

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

By order of the Board

Graham Cope
Company Secretary 
Redrow plc
Registered no: 2877315
1 September 2014

Research and Development
The Company has a centralised Environmental and Sustainability 
Team charged with identifying and evaluating new construction 
techniques and products. Environmental and sustainability issues 
play a prominent role in the Company’s activities. The Company 
recognises its responsibilities to the community as a whole 
and has adopted an environment strategy which is a core 
part of the Company’s objectives. 

The charge to the income statement in respect of research and 
development in the year was £0.4m (2013: £0.4m).

Greenhouse gas emissions
We acknowledge our responsibilities in respect of working 
to reduce our Greenhouse gas emissions (“GHG”). In the year 
our total GHG emissions relative to build reduced by 13.7%.  

 Go to Table 1

This disclosure includes all of the emission sources required 
under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013. These sources fall within our 
consolidated financial statement and we do not have 
responsibility for any emission sources that are not included 
in our consolidated statement.

The data has been prepared in accordance with the Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) Protocol Accounting and Reporting Standard 
(revised edition). Emissions have been calculated using the 
UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting: 2013 and 2014 respectively.

Independent Auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as 
external Auditors will be proposed at the Annual General 
Meeting on Monday, 10 November 2014.

Provision of Information to Auditors:
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ 
report is approved, confirm that:

(a) so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s Auditors are unaware; 
and 

(b) he has taken all of the steps that he ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s Auditors are 
aware of that information.

79 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Governance reportStrategic report Financial statements Shareholder informationS
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

r
e
p
o
r
t

F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Stretton Green, Cheshire

81 
81 
Redrow plc  
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial 
statements 

80 
80 
Redrow plc  
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014
Annual report and accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Directors of Redrow plc as at the date of this statement are:

Steve Morgan, Chairman 
Alan Jackson, Deputy Chairman 
John Tutte, Group Chief Executive 
Barbara Richmond, Group Finance Director 
Debbie Hewitt, Non-Executive Director 
Nick Hewson, Non-Executive Director 
Liz Peace, Non-Executive Director

By order of the Board

Graham Cope
Company Secretary 
1 September 2014

Redrow plc
Redrow House
St David’s Park 
Flintshire
CH5 3RX

Financial statements
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Directors’ Remuneration report and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
have prepared the Group and Company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. Under company law, 
the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the profit or loss 
of the Group for that period. In preparing these financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the European 

Union have been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, 
as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed 
below, confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and result 
of the Group and Company; and 

•  the Strategic report contained on pages 2 to 45 includes a fair 
review of the development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Group and Company, together with 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

82 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements
Independent Auditors’ report 
to the members of Redrow plc

Report on the financial statements
Our opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements (defined below) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs 
as at 30 June 2014, of the Group’s profit and of the Group’s 
and the Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with the IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

This opinion is to be read in the context of what we say in the 
remainder of this report.

What we have audited
The Group financial statements and Company financial 
statements (the “financial statements”), which are prepared 
by Redrow plc, comprise:

•  the Group and Company balance sheets as at 30 June 2014;

•  the Group income statement and the Group and Company 

statements of comprehensive income for the year then ended;

•  the Group and Company statements of cash flows for the year 

then ended;

•  the Group and Company statements of changes in equity 

for the year then ended;

•  the accounting policies; and

•  the notes to the financial statements, which include other 

explanatory information.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union and, as regards the Company, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Certain disclosures required by the financial reporting framework 
have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report and 
Accounts (the “Annual Report”), rather than in the notes to the 
financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the 
financial statements and are identified as audited.

What an audit of financial statements involves
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”). 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of:

•  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s 
and the Company’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made 

by the Directors; and

•  the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to 
identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect 
based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge 
acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Overview of our audit approach
Materiality
We set certain thresholds for materiality. These helped us to 
determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures 
and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality 
for the Group financial statements as a whole to be £6.6m. 
This represents approximately 5% of profit before tax. We have 
applied this benchmark, a generally accepted auditing practice, 
in the absence of indicators that an alternative benchmark would 
be appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to 
them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.3m 
as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Overview of the scope of the audit
The Group comprises one principal trading company and a 
number of smaller subsidiaries. We performed an audit of 
the complete financial information of each entity within the 
Group which, together, gave us the evidence we needed for our 
opinion on the Group financial statements. All work was 
performed by the Group engagement team.

Areas of particular audit focus
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors made 
a number of subjective judgements, for example in respect 
of significant accounting estimates that involved making 
assumptions and considering future events that are inherently 
uncertain. We primarily focused our work in these areas by 
assessing the Directors’ judgements against available evidence, 
forming our own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in 
the financial statements.

In our audit, we tested and examined information, using 
sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we 
considered necessary to provide a reasonable basis for us to 
draw conclusions. We obtained audit evidence through testing 
the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures or a 
combination of both. 

We considered the following areas to be those that required 
particular focus in the current year. This is not a complete list of 
all risks or areas of focus identified by our audit. We discussed 
these areas of focus with the Audit Committee. Their report on 
those matters that they considered to be significant issues in 
relation to the financial statements is set out on page 54. 

83 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report Financial statements
Independent Auditors’ report continued
to the members of Redrow plc

Area of focus

Net realisable value of inventories

We focused on this area because of the magnitude of the year 
end inventory provision and the level of judgement that the 
Directors need to use to determine the assumptions used in its 
calculation, in particular the forecast market movement in sales 
prices of plots and expected build costs.

Defined benefit pension scheme liability valuation

We focused on this area because of the magnitude of the gross 
assets and liabilities of the pension scheme and the judgements 
inherent in the actuarial assumptions used in the valuation, 
in particular the discount rate, future RPI and mortality rates, 
changes in which can have a material impact on the liability 
valuation.

How the scope of our audit addressed the area of focus

We compared forecast sales prices to actual prices achieved 
post year end and assessed the accuracy of management’s 
historical forecasts by comparing net realisable values 
recognised in the prior year with actual sales prices achieved in 
the current year. We also assessed expected market trends with 
reference to independent third party house price indices and our 
independently formed expectation.

We tested management’s controls over the process for estimating 
the expected remaining build costs, including the budgeting and 
review processes. We also inspected evidence of the Board’s 
review of forecast sales prices used in this provision model.

We performed sensitivity analysis to identify the impact that 
changes in key assumptions, notably the overall market house 
price variance assumption, have on the provision calculation 
in challenging management on the overall levels of provisioning. 
We also considered the adequacy of the disclosures made in the 
financial statements regarding the provision.

We challenged the assumptions used in the actuarial valuation, 
comparing them to typical ranges used for such assumptions, 
taking into account the specific characteristics of the Group’s 
pension scheme.

We obtained confirmations of the scheme assets held from the 
external investment managers and custodians of the scheme’s 
assets. We also tested the valuations of these assets by agreeing 
them to valuations obtained from independent third party sources.

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition

ISAs (UK & Ireland) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition because of the pressure management may feel to 
achieve the planned results. In particular we focused on revenue 
transactions recorded in period 12, given that a significant 
proportion of the total sales were recognised in this period, to 
determine whether those sales were recognised in the correct 
financial year.  

We tested significant revenue-impacting manual journal entries 
made in the year by obtaining an understanding of the rationale, 
and evidence for, the manual adjustments. We also tested the 
translation of revenue into cash throughout the year, focusing in 
particular on any significant non-standard revenue transactions 
and transactions close to the year-end, to verify that the 
revenue transactions had occurred in the year.

Risk of management override of internal controls

ISAs (UK & Ireland) require that we consider this. 

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement, set out on page 79, in relation to going concern. 
We have nothing to report having performed our review.

As noted in the Directors’ statement, the Directors have 
concluded that it is appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements using the going concern basis of accounting. 
The going concern basis presumes that the Group and 

84 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

We assessed the overall control environment of the Group, 
including the arrangements for staff to “whistle-blow” 
inappropriate actions, and interviewed senior management and 
the Group’s internal audit function. We examined the significant 
accounting estimates and judgements relevant to the financial 
statements for evidence of bias by the Directors that may 
represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. We also 
tested manual journal entries.

Company have adequate resources to remain in operation, 
and that the Directors intend them to do so, for at least one 
year from the date the financial statements were signed. 
As part of our audit we have concluded that the Directors’ 
use of the going concern basis is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the Group’s 
or the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

•  the information given in the Strategic report and the 

Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements;

•  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration report to be audited 

has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006; and

•  the information given in the Corporate Governance section set 
out on pages 48 to 79 with respect to internal control and risk 
management systems and about share capital structures is 
consistent with the financial statements.

Other matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
Adequacy of accounting records and information and 
explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you 
if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements and the part of the 

Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you 
if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report 
arising from this responsibility. 

Corporate governance statement
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you 
if, in our opinion, a corporate governance statement has not 
been prepared by the Company. We have no exceptions to report 
arising from this responsibility. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s 
compliance with nine provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“the Code”). We have nothing to report 
having performed our review. 

On page 82 of the Annual Report, as required by the Code 
Provision C.1.1, the Directors state that they consider the Annual 
Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for members to assess  

the Group’s and Company’s performance, business model and 
strategy. On page 54, as required by C.3.8 of the Code, the Audit 
Committee has set out the significant issues that it considered in 
relation to the financial statements, and how they were 
addressed. Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion: 

•  the statement given by the Directors is materially inconsistent 

with our knowledge of the Group and parent company 
acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

•  the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Other information in the Annual Report
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited 

financial statements; or

•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 

inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and Company 
acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

•  is otherwise misleading.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and 
the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities set out on page 82, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs 
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the 
Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and 
only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no 
other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other 
person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it 
may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.

Ian Morrison (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Manchester
1 September 2014

85 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses before exceptional items

Operating profit before exceptional items and financing costs

Exceptional administrative expenses

Operating profit before financing costs

Financial income

Financial costs

Net financing costs

Share of profit of joint ventures after interest and taxation

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Earnings per share – basic

– diluted

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Note

2014
£m

2013* 
£m

864.5

604.8

(677.0)

(491.2)

187.5

(50.0)

137.5

–

137.5

3.1

(10.8)

(7.7)

2.8

132.6

(29.9)

102.7

28.3p

28.2p

113.6

(40.4)

73.2

(1.5)

71.7

1.7

(7.3)

(5.6)

3.3

69.4

(16.3)

53.1

14.6p

14.6p

2

3

3

10

4

6

6

Group

Company

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense

Note

2014 
£m

102.7

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of post employment benefit obligations

7e

Deferred tax on actuarial losses taken directly to equity

Other comprehensive expense for the year net of tax

(7.1)

1.6

(5.5)

2013*
 £m

53.1

(1.3)

0.5

(0.8)

2014 
£m

9.1

2013*
 £m

103.9

(7.1)

1.6

(5.5)

(1.3)

0.5

(0.8)

Total comprehensive income for the year

18

97.2

52.3

3.6

103.1

Financial statements
Balance sheets
As at 30 June

Assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Total non‑current assets

Non-current assets held for sale

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Current income tax receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Liabilities

Bank loans

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Long term provisions

Total non‑current liabilities

Bank overdrafts and loans

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Group

2014 
£m

Company

2013* 
£m

2014
 £m

2013*
 £m

Note

8

9

10

11

12

9

13

12

4

14

17

18

18

18

14

15

11

7

16

14

15

2.0

11.0

10.8

7.5

15.3

46.6

1.0

1,157.2

42.5

–

54.8

1.9

11.2

13.3

35.8

25.4

87.6

1.0

895.5

24.9

–

39.0

–

–

0.1

5.8

–

5.9

–

–

–

–

0.1

4.2

–

4.3

–

–

622.0

551.5

3.0

52.9

1,255.5

960.4

677.9

1,302.1

1,048.0

683.8

37.0

58.7

7.9

37.0

58.7

7.9

592.1

505.6

695.7

609.2

37.0

58.6

7.0

375.4

478.0

5.7

37.1

594.3

598.6

37.0

58.6

7.0

379.2

481.8

175.0

53.7

0.5

11.0

6.4

246.6

52.4

307.4

359.8

606.4

95.0

33.2

0.5

3.8

7.8

140.3

35.0

263.5

298.5

438.8

175.0

95.0

–

–

11.0

–

186.0

–

19.8

19.8

–

–

3.8

–

98.8

–

18.0

18.0

205.8

116.8

1,302.1

1,048.0

683.8

598.6

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

The financial statements on pages 86 to 116 were approved by the Board of Directors on 1 September 2014.

Steve Morgan 
Director 

Barbara Richmond
Director

Redrow plc Registered Number 2877315

86 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

87 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
Financial statements
Statement of changes in equity
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive income relating to the year (net)

Dividend paid

Share-based payment

Movement in LTSIP/SAYE

Net increase in equity

Opening equity

Closing equity

Group

Company

Note

18

18

18

2014
 £m

102.7

(5.5)

97.2

(7.4)

–

2013* 
£m

53.1

(0.8)

52.3

–

0.3

(3.3)

(4.9)

2014 
£m

9.1

(5.5)

3.6

(7.4)

–

–

2013* 
£m

103.9

(0.8)

103.1

–

–

–

86.5

609.2

47.7

561.5

(3.8)

481.8

103.1

378.7

695.7

609.2

478.0

481.8

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Income statement of Redrow plc is not presented as a part of these 
financial statements.

The consolidated profit on ordinary activities after taxation for the financial year, excluding intra-Group dividends, is made up 
as follows:

Holding company

Subsidiary companies

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

2014 
£m

9.1

93.6

102.7

2013* 
 £m

7.4

45.7

53.1

Financial statements
Statement of cash flows
For the 12 months ended 30 June

Cash flows from operating activities

Operating profit/(loss) before financing costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Adjustment for non-cash items

Operating profit/(loss) before changes in working capital and provisions

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other payables

Decrease in provisions

Cash outflow generated from operations

Interest paid

Group

2014 
£m

Company

2013* 
£m

2014
 £m

2013* 
£m

Note

137.5

1.1

(4.2)

134.4

(12.4)

71.7

1.2

(3.7)

69.2

(3.4)

(261.7)

(187.3)

66.6

(1.4)

(74.5)

(8.6)

46.6

(0.4)

(75.3)

(3.2)

(1.4)

(2.3)

–

–

(1.4)

(68.4)

–

1.7

–

–

0.4

(1.9)

(36.5)

–

1.4

–

(68.1)

(6.8)

(37.0)

(3.3)

Net cash outflow from operating activities

(83.1)

(78.5)

(74.9)

(40.3)

Cash flows from investing activities

Sale of business

Acquisition of software, property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Net receipts from/(payments to) joint ventures – continuing operations

12

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Issue of bank borrowings

Repayment of bank borrowings

Purchase of own shares

Dividend paid

Net cash inflow from financing activities

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

19

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

9.5

(1.0)

0.3

5.4

14.2

175.0

(95.0)

(5.3)

(7.4)

67.3

(1.6)

4.0

2.4

8.0

(0.5)

–

(0.7)

6.8

95.0

(30.0)

(5.3)

–

59.7

(12.0)

16.0

4.0

–

–

18.1

–

18.1

175.0

(95.0)

–

(7.4)

72.6

15.8

37.1

52.9

–

–

15.9

–

15.9

95.0

(30.0)

–

–

65.0

40.6

(3.5)

37.1

88 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

89 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationFinancial statements
Accounting policies

Both the consolidated and Company financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union (EU) and 
effective at 30 June 2014, and in accordance with IFRS Interpretations 
Committee interpretations and the Companies Act 2006 as it applies 
to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation 
and in accordance with the historical cost convention as modified by 
the revaluation of derivative financial instruments.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet 
date and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the 
reporting period. Whilst these estimates are based on management’s 
best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results 
ultimately may differ from those estimates (refer to note 1).

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The principal accounting policies have been applied consistently in the 
periods presented and are outlined below:

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of Redrow plc and all its subsidiaries, together with the 
Group’s share of the results and share of net assets of jointly 
controlled entities i.e. the financial statements of Redrow plc and 
entities controlled by Redrow plc (and its subsidiaries). Control is 
achieved where Redrow plc has the power to govern the financial and 
operating policies of an entity. Redrow plc’s accounting reference date 
is 30 June. Consistent with the normal monthly reporting process, the 
actual date to which the balance sheet has been drawn up is to 29 
June 2014 (2013: 30 June 2013). For ease of reference all references to 
the year or 12 months and financial position are for the year ended 
30 June and as at 30 June.

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption provided under 
Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present Redrow plc’s 
Company income statement. The profit for the financial year is dealt 
with in the statement of changes in equity.

a. Subsidiaries
The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are 
included in the Consolidated income statement from the effective 
date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are measured at their fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of 
the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets represents goodwill. 
Goodwill is subject to an annual impairment review, with any 
reduction in value being taken straight to the income statement.

Adjustments are made as necessary to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by 
the Group.

All inter-company transactions and balances between Group 
companies are eliminated on consolidation.

b. Interests in joint ventures
A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Group and 
other parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint 
control. Joint venture arrangements which involve the establishment 
of a separate entity in which each venturer has an interest are referred 
to as jointly controlled entities.

90 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

The Group reports its interests in jointly controlled entities using the 
equity method of accounting – the Group’s share of profit after tax is 
shown separately on the face of the income statement and its share 
of net assets is included within non-current assets in the balance 
sheet as an investment.

When the Group transacts with its jointly controlled entities, 
unrealised profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the 
Group’s interest in the joint venture, except where unrealised losses 
provide evidence of impairment of the asset transferred. Where joint 
venture arrangements are undertaken directly, the Group’s share of 
jointly controlled assets and liabilities are recognised in the relevant 
subsidiary company and classified according to their nature.

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue represents the fair value received and receivable in respect of 
the sale of residential housing and land and of commercial land and 
developments net of value added tax and discounts. This is recognised 
on legal completion.

Profit is recognised on legal completion.

Segmental reporting
The main operation of the Group is focused on housebuilding.

As it operates entirely within the United Kingdom, the Group has only 
one business and geographic segment. This is consistent with the 
information provided for internal reporting purposes to the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker (the Board). The Group has no key customers.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those which in the opinion of the Board, are 
material by size or nature, non-recurring and of such significance 
that they require separate disclosure.

Net financing costs
Interest income is recognised on a time apportioned basis by 
reference to the principal outstanding and the effective interest rate. 
Interest costs are recognised in the income statement on an accruals 
basis in the period in which they are incurred.

Income and deferred tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on taxable profits for the year and any 
appropriate adjustment to tax payable in respect of prior years. 
Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as shown in the income 
statement as it excludes income or expenditure items which are never 
chargeable or allowable for tax or which are chargeable or deductible 
in other accounting periods.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet liability 
method, on temporary differences arising between the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the calculation 
of taxable profit.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised for all temporary differences. Deferred tax is calculated 
at the rates enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is credited or charged in the income statement, 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income, or retained 
earnings as appropriate.

Intangible assets – computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the  
basis of costs incurred to bring to use the specific software and are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives of three years, charged 
to administrative expenses. These are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying values may not be recoverable.

Property, plant and equipment
Freehold property comprises offices or other buildings held for 
administrative purposes. Freehold property is shown at cost less 
the subsequent depreciation of buildings. 

All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historic cost less 
depreciation. Historic cost includes any costs directly attributable to 
bringing the assets to the location and condition necessary for them 
to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is charged so as 
to write off the cost of assets to their residual values over their 
estimated useful lives, on a straight line basis as follows:

Buildings within freehold property

Plant and machinery

Fixtures and fittings

50 years

5 – 10 years

3 – 5 years

The assets’ useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at 
each balance sheet date.

These are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset represents the 
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount 
of the asset and is recognised in the income statement.

Non‑current assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as assets held for sale when 
their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated 
at management’s best estimate of realisable value less estimated 
costs necessary to make the sale.

Investment in subsidiary companies
In the parent company books, the investment in its subsidiaries is held 
at cost less any impairment.

Leases
Leases in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership 
are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Rentals 
payable under operating leases are charged to work in progress or 
income on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value 
less cash on account (which represents payments made against work 
in progress).

Cost comprises land and associated acquisition costs, direct materials 
and subcontract work, other direct costs and those overheads (based 
on normal operating capacity) that have been incurred in bringing the 
inventories to their present location and condition, excluding 
borrowing costs.

Provisions are established to write down land where the estimated 
net sales proceeds less cost to complete exceed the current carrying 

value. Adjustments to the provisions will be required where selling 
prices or costs to complete change.

Net realisable value for land was assessed by estimating selling prices 
and cost (including sales and marketing expenses), taking into account 
current market conditions.

This net realisable value provision will be closely monitored for 
adequacy and appropriateness as regards under and over provision 
to reflect circumstances at future balance sheet dates. Any material 
change to the underlying provision will be reflected through cost of 
sales as an exceptional item.

Forward land
Expenditure relating to forward land excluding owned sites without 
residential planning consent but including options, fees etc. is provided 
for when incurred. After exercise of an option and acquisition of land 
following the securing of planning permission, the provisions relating 
to that land are released. Expenditure incurred on owned sites 
without residential planning consent is included in inventories and is 
subject to a regular impairment review.

Employee benefits
a. Pension obligation
IAS 19R – Employee Benefits, has been adopted with effect from 
1 July 2013. The change in the accounting standard has been adopted 
retrospectively and the comparative accounts have been restated. 
Under IAS 19R the separate calculations of an interest cost on the 
defined benefit obligation and an expected rate of return on plan 
assets have been replaced with a net interest charge calculated by 
applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability. The 
impact of the restatement on prior periods is shown in the table in 
note 7e.

The Group operates two pension schemes for its staff. The Redrow Staff 
Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) closed to the accrual of new benefits 
with effect from 1 March 2012, with new benefits now being provided 
via the Redrow Group Personal Pension Plan (the ‘GPP’). The Scheme is 
externally invested and comprises two sections: a defined benefit 
section and a defined contribution section. A defined benefit plan is a 
pension plan which defines an amount of pension benefit that an 
employee will receive on retirement. It is funded through payments to 
trustee administered funds, determined by actuarial valuations carried 
out on at least a triennial basis. A defined contribution plan is a pension 
plan under which the Group pays agreed contributions into a separate 
fund for each employee and any subsequent pension payable to a 
specific employee is determined by the amount accumulated in their 
individual fund. The GPP is also a type of defined contribution plan.

The asset/(liability) recognised in the balance sheet in respect  
of the defined benefit section of the scheme is the present value of 
the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date, less the fair 
value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is determined 
using the projected unit credit method on an annual basis by an 
independent scheme actuary.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity 
as they arise in full via the statement of comprehensive income.

Scheme service costs are charged to cost of sales and administrative 
expenses as appropriate and scheme finance costs are included in 
net financing costs. Past service costs are recognised immediately 
in income.

91 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report Financial statements
Accounting policies continued

In respect of the defined contribution section of the Scheme and the 
GPP, contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense 
when they are due. The Group has no further payment obligations in 
respect of the above once the contributions have been paid.

b. Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses where 
contractually obliged.

c. Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 ‘Share-based 
payments’. In accordance with the transitional provisions, IFRS 2 has 
been applied to all grants of equity instruments after 7 November 
2002, which had not vested as of 1 July 2004. Equity settled 
share-based payments are measured at fair value on the date of 
grant and expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting period, 
based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

d. Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated 
by the Group before normal retirement date by redundancy. 
These benefits are recognised by the Group in the period in which it 
becomes demonstrably committed to terminating the employment 
of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without 
possibility of withdrawal.

Financial instruments
a. Land creditors
Deferred payments arising from land creditors are held at discounted 
present value using the effective interest method, in accordance with 
IAS 39. The difference between the fair value and the nominal value is 
amortised over the deferment period via financing costs.

The interest rate applied is an equivalent loan rate available on the 
date of the land purchase.

b. Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and 
the fair value is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date.

The Group’s use of financial derivatives is governed by an interest rate 
risk management framework adopted by the Board which sets 
parameters to ensure an appropriate level of hedging is maintained to 
manage interest rate risk in respect of borrowings.

The policy prohibits any trading in derivative financial instruments or 
their use for speculative purposes.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivative 
financial instruments which are designated and which qualify as cash 
flow hedges are recognised directly in equity in a hedge reserve. The 
gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the 
income statement immediately they arise.

c. Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They 
are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 
months after the balance sheet date which are classified as non-
current assets. Loans and receivables include ‘trade receivables’ and 
‘other receivables’ and cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet.

Trade receivables are held at discounted present value less any 
impairment. The amount is then increased to settlement value 
over the settlement period via financing income.

92 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

d. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. 
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand, forming an integral 
part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component 
of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of 
cash flows.

e. Borrowings and trade payables
Interest bearing borrowings and trade payables are recorded when 
the proceeds are received, net of transaction costs incurred and 
subsequently at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds, 
net of transaction costs and the redemption value is recognised in the 
income statement over the period of the borrowings.

Onerous contracts
Onerous contracts are contracts in which the unavoidable costs in 
meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic 
benefits expected to be received under it. Provision is made to reflect 
management’s best current estimate of the least net cost of either 
fulfilling or exiting the contract.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classed as equity.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as 
a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividends are declared.

Impact of new standards and interpretations
a. New standards
IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurement’. This standard aims to improve 
consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of 
fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure 
requirements for use across IFRSs. The requirements, which are largely 
aligned between IFRSs and US GAAP, do not extend the use of fair 
value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied 
where its use is already required or permitted by other standards 
within IFRS or US GAAP. Effective for periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013.

IAS 19 (revised 2011) ‘Employee benefits’. This amendment 
makes significant changes to the recognition and measurement of 
defined benefit pension expense and termination benefits, and to 
the disclosures for all employee benefits. The changes affect most 
entities that apply IAS 19. They could significantly change a number 
of performance indicators and might also significantly increase the 
volume of disclosures. This is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2013. 

b. New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but 
not effective for the financial year beginning 1 July 2013 and 
not early adopted
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments – classification and measurement’. This 
standard on classification and measurement of financial assets and 
financial liabilities will replace IAS 39. IFRS 9 has two measurement 
categories: amortised cost and fair value. All equity instruments are 
measured at fair value. A debt instrument is measured at amortised 
cost only if the entity is holding it to collect contractual cash flows 
and the cash flows represent principal and interest. For liabilities, 
the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. These 
include amortised-cost accounting for most financial liabilities, with 
bifurcation of embedded derivatives. Effective for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2018. The Group has not assessed the full 

impact of this standard, and will adopt this for the first time for the 
year beginning 1 July 2018, subject to endorsement by the EU.

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’. This standard builds 
on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the 
determining factor in whether an entity should be included within 
the consolidated financial statements. The standard provides 
additional guidance to assist in determining control where this is 
difficult to assess. This new standard might impact the entities that a 
group consolidates as its subsidiaries. Effective for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2013 and endorsed by the EU for periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2014. This is not expected to have 
a material impact on the Group financial statements and will be 
adopted for the first time for the year beginning 1 July 2014.

IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’. This standard provides for a more 
realistic reflection of joint arrangements by focusing on the rights and 
obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. There are 
two types of joint arrangements: joint operations and joint ventures. 
Joint operations arise where a joint operator has rights to the assets 
and obligations relating to the arrangement and hence accounts for 
its interest in assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Joint ventures 
arise where the joint operator has rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement and hence equity accounts for its interest. Proportional 
consolidation of joint ventures is no longer allowed. Not expected 
to be relevant to the Group, but is effective 1 January 2013 and 
endorsed by the EU for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’. This standard 
includes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other 
entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose 
vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. Not expected to be 
relevant to the Group, but is effective 1 January 2013 and endorsed 
by the EU for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

Amendments to IFRS 10, 11 and 12. These amendments also 
provide additional transition relief in IFRSs 10, 11 and 12, limiting the 
requirement to provide adjusted comparative information to only the 
preceding comparative period. For disclosures related to unconsolidated 
structured entities, the amendments will remove the requirement to 
present comparative information for periods before IFRS 12 is first 
applied. Effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and 
endorsed by the EU for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

IAS 27 (revised 2011) ‘Separate financial statements’. This standard 
includes the provisions on separate financial statements that are left 
after the control provisions of IAS 27 have been included in the new 
IFRS 10. Effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and 
endorsed by the EU for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

IAS 28 (revised 2011) ‘Associates and joint ventures’. This standard 
includes the requirements for joint ventures, as well as associates, 
to be equity accounted following the issue of IFRS 11. Effective for 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and endorsed by the 
EU for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

Amendment to IAS 32, ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’, on 
offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. This amendment 
updates the application guidance in IAS 32, ‘Financial instruments: 
Presentation’, to clarify some of the requirements for offsetting 
financial assets and financial liabilities on the balance sheet. Effective 
for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 and endorsed by 
the EU in December 2012.

Amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’, regarding general 
hedge accounting. These amendments to IFRS 9, ‘Financial 

instruments’, bring into effect a substantial overhaul of hedge 
accounting that will allow entities to better reflect their risk 
management activities in the financial statements. Effective for 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 but no date set yet for 
endorsement by the EU.

Amendments to IAS 36, ‘Impairment of assets’. These amendments 
address the disclosure of information about the recoverable amount 
of impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less costs of 
disposal. Effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 
and endorsed by the EU in December 2013.

Amendment to IAS 39 ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and 
measurement’, on novation of derivatives and hedge accounting. 
These narrow-scope amendments allow hedge accounting to 
continue in a situation where a derivative, which has been designated 
as a hedging instrument, is novated to effect clearing with a central 
counterparty as a result of laws or regulation, if specific conditions are 
met (in this context, a novation indicates that parties to a contract 
agree to replace their original counterparty with a new one). This relief 
has been introduced in response to legislative changes across many 
jurisdictions that would lead to the widespread novation of over-the-
counter derivatives. These legislative changes were prompted by a 
G20 commitment to improve transparency and regulatory oversight 
of over-the-counter derivatives in an internationally consistent and 
non-discriminatory way. Similar relief will be included in IFRS 9, 
‘Financial instruments’. Effective for periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2014 and endorsed by the EU in December 2013.

Amendment to IAS 19 regarding defined benefit plans. These narrow 
scope amendments apply to contributions from employees or third 
parties to defined benefit plans. The objective of the amendments is 
to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of 
the number of years of employee service, for example, employee 
contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of 
salary. Effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 but 
no date set yet for endorsement by the EU.

Amendment to IFRS 11, ‘Joint arrangements’ on acquisition of an 
interest in a joint operation. This amendment adds new guidance on 
how to account for the acquisition of an interest in a joint operation 
that constitutes a business. The amendments specify the appropriate 
accounting treatment for such acquisitions. Effective for periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2016 but no date set yet for 
endorsement by the EU.

Amendment to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and IAS 
38, ’Intangible assets’, on depreciation and amortisation. In this 
amendment the IASB has clarified that the use of revenue based 
methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate 
because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an 
asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the 
economic benefits embodied in the asset. The IASB has also clarified 
that revenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for 
measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an 
intangible asset. Effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2016 but no date set yet for endorsement by the EU.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. IFRS 15, ‘Revenue 
from contracts with customers’ is a converged standard from the IASB 
and FASB on revenue recognition. The standard will improve the 
financial reporting of revenue and improve comparability of the top line 
in financial statements globally. Effective for periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2017 but no date set yet for endorsement by the EU.

93 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements

1. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations 
of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management considers the key sources of estimation 
uncertainty and critical accounting judgements relate to:

Carrying value of inventories
The Group carries inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value less cash on account.

Due to the nature of development timescales, it is routinely necessary to estimate costs to complete and future revenues and to 
allocate non-unit specific development costs between units legally completing in the current financial year and in future periods.

A full review of the net realisable value of inventories was undertaken by the Group as at 30 June 2014.

Pensions
The Group has utilised assumptions including a rate of return on assets, mortality assumptions and a discount rate having been 
advised by its actuary. To the extent that such assumed rates are different from what actually transpires, the retirement benefit 
obligations of the Group would change.

2. Operating profit before financing costs

Note

Operating profit before financing costs is stated after charging:

Exceptional administrative expenses (a)

Inventories expensed in the year

Depreciation

Amortisation

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating leases – plant and machinery

– other

Research and development expenditure

Auditors’ remuneration – fees payable to Company’s Auditors for audit services (b (i))

– fees payable to Company’s Auditors for other services (b (ii))

Note

2014 
£m

2013
 £m

13

9

8

–

1.5

633.1

462.1

0.9

0.2

–

1.4

0.3

0.4

0.1

–

1.1

0.1

0.1

1.5

0.2

0.4

0.1

0.1

a)  Exceptional administrative expenses were £nil in 2014. They were £1.5m in 2013 and related to legal and advisory fees incurred 

in relation to a possible bid for the Company.

b) Fees payable to Company’s Auditors for audit services comprise:

(i) fees payable for the audit of parent company and consolidated financial statements £30,000 (2013: £30,000) and fees  

payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation £111,500 (2013: £119,000).

(ii) Auditors’ remuneration for other services comprised £20,000 (2013: £20,000) in respect of an independent review of 

the half-yearly financial statements (Audit related assurance services), £7,333 (2013: £6,000) in respect of iXBRL tagging 
(Taxation compliance services) and £nil (2013: £47,500) in respect of financial modelling development support (other 
non-audit services).

3. Net financing costs

Interest payable on bank loans

Net interest expenses – pension scheme (note 7e)

Imputed interest on deferred land creditors

Financial expense

Other interest receivable

Financial income

Net financing costs

4. Income tax expense

Current tax charge

UK Corporation Tax at 22.50% (2013: 23.75%)

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Impact of changes in deferred tax rate

Total income tax charge in income statement

Reconciliation of tax charge for the year

Profit before tax

Tax calculated at UK Corporation Tax rate of 22.50% (2013: 23.75%)

Impact of change in deferred tax rate

Short term temporary differences

Tax charge for the year

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Relating to pension scheme

Current income tax receivable in the Company is £3.0m (2013: £5.7m).

5. Dividends
The following dividends were paid by the Group:

Prior year final dividend per share of 1.0p (2013: nil)

Current year interim dividend per share of 1.0p (2013: nil)

2014 
£m

(6.2)

(0.2)

(4.4)

(10.8)

3.1

3.1

2013* 
£m

(3.2)

(0.1)

(4.0)

(7.3)

1.7

1.7

(7.7)

(5.6)

2014 
£m

2013* 
£m

–

–

29.1

0.8

29.9

132.6

29.8

0.8

(0.7)

29.9

1.6

1.6

2014 
£m

3.7

3.7

7.4

14.3

2.0

16.3

69.4

16.5

2.0

(2.2)

16.3

 0.5

0.5

2013 
£m

–

–

–

The Board decided to propose a final dividend of 2.0p per share in respect of 2014 (£7.4m (2013: £3.7m)). The dividend has not been 
provided for and there are no income tax consequences.

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

94 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

95 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report  
 
6. Earnings per ordinary share
The basic earnings per share calculation for the year ended 30 June 2014 is based on the weighted number of shares in issue  
during the period of 362.5m (2013: 363.4m) excluding those held in trust under the Redrow Long Term Incentive Plan 
(7.3m shares (2013: 6.4m shares)), which are treated as cancelled.

Diluted earnings per share has been calculated after adjusting the weighted average number of shares in issue for all potentially 
dilutive shares held under unexercised options.

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2014

Basic earnings per share

Effect of share options and SAYE

Diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Adjustment to deferred tax rate change

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share are 28.5p (2013: 15.5p).

For the 12 months ended 30 June 2013*

Basic earnings per share

Effect of share options and SAYE

Diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Adjustment to deferred tax rate change

Adjusted earnings per share

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

7. Employees

a. Cost (including Directors)

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Earnings 
£m

Number 
of shares 
millions

Per share 
pence

102.7

362.5

–

1.9

102.7

364.4

28.3

(0.1)

28.2

Earnings 
£m

Number 
of shares 
millions

Per share 
pence

102.7

362.5

0.8

–

103.5

362.5

28.3

0.3

28.6

Earnings 
£m

53.1

–

53.1

Earnings 
£m

53.1

3.5

56.6

Number 
of shares
 millions

363.4

1.0

364.4

Number 
of shares
 millions

363.4

–

363.4

Per share 
pence

14.6

–

14.6

Per share
 pence

14.6

1.0

15.6

2014 
£m

48.7

6.1

5.0

1.9

2013* 
£m

38.9

4.7

4.1

0.9

61.7

48.6

Included in wages and salaries is £0.2m of redundancy and termination payment costs (2013: £0.1m).

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

7. Employees continued
b. Number
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group was:

Directors and administrative staff

Other personnel

2014
Number

2013
Number

482

763

420

641

1,245

1,061

c. Key management remuneration
Key management personnel, as defined under IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, are identified as the Main Board together with 
Group Senior Management.

Summary key management remuneration is as follows:

Salaries and short term employee benefits

Share-based payments

2014
£m

1.7

1.4

3.1

2013
£m

1.6

0.5

2.1

In addition, the Redrow Staff Pension scheme paid £14,060 (2013: £34,073) to Steve Morgan in his capacity as an active  
Scheme pensioner.

Detailed disclosure of Directors’ emoluments and interests in shares are included in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 68 
and 71, which form part of these financial statements.

d. Share-based payments
Save As You Earn Share Option scheme (SAYE)
The Redrow plc SAYE scheme is open to all employees and share options can be exercised either three or five years after the date 
of grant, depending on the length of the savings contract. The SAYE schemes are not subject to performance conditions. No SAYE 
options were granted in 2013.

The SAYE schemes have been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Options granted during the year

Date of grant

Fair value at measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Option life (contract length)

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

2014

969,704

1 January 2014

£0.98

£2.48

£1.98

3/5 years

1.3%

1.5%

2013

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The expected volatility on SAYE schemes is based on the historic volatility of the Group’s share price over periods equal to the length 
of the savings contract.

Long Term Share Incentive scheme (LTSIP)
Except in specified circumstances, options granted under the scheme are exercisable between three and ten years after the date  
of grant.

Options granted under the LTSIP on 24 September 2013 were granted to a limited number of Senior Executives. The scheme is 
discussed in greater detail within the Directors’ Remuneration report.

The Long Term Share Incentive schemes have been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

96 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

97 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 7. Employees continued
d. Share-based payments continued

Options granted during the year

Date of grant

Fair value at the measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

2014

368,842

2013

544,757

24 September 2013

23 October 2012

£2.21

£2.37

£0.00

N/A†

3 years

2.3%

N/A†

£1.41

£1.54

£0.00

N/A†

3 years

3.1%

N/A†

†  For nil-cost awards not subject to a market based condition, volatility and risk free rate are not applicable.

The fair value at the measurement date of the LTSIP granted on 24 September 2013 comprises £2.21 in respect of non-market based 
performance conditions.

The fair value at the measurement date of the LTSIP granted on 23 October 2012 comprises £1.41 in respect of non-market based 
performance conditions.

Deferred Bonus Incentive (DBI)
Grants under the DBI were limited to Senior Management. Except in specified circumstances options granted under the scheme are 
exercisable between one and ten years after the date of grant for Tranche 1 and between two and ten years after the date of grant 
for Tranche 2 and are not subject to performance conditions.

The DBI has been valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

Options granted during the year

2014 
Tranche 1

453,003

2014 
Tranche 2

453,003

2013 
Tranche 1

350,818

2013 
Tranche 2

350,818

Date of grant

24 September 2013 24 September 2013

23 October 2012

23 October 2012

Fair value at the measurement date

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life

Expected dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

£2.32

£2.37

£0.00

N/A†

1 year

2.08%

N/A†

£2.27

£2.37

£0.00

N/A†

2 years

2.08%

N/A†

£1.50

£1.54

£0.00

N/A†

1 year

3.1% 

N/A†

£1.45

£1.54

 £0.00

N/A†

2 years

3.1%

N/A†

†  For nil-cost awards not subject to a market based condition, volatility and risk free rate are not applicable.

Company Share Option Plan (CSOP)
Grants under the CSOP were limited to Senior Management. Except in specified circumstances, options granted to those other than 
the Executive Directors are exercisable between three and ten years after the date of grant and are not subject to performance 
conditions. Options granted to the Executive Directors lapsed in the year.

7. Employees continued
d. Share-based payments continued
Share options outstanding
The following share options were outstanding at 30 June 2014:

Type of scheme

Long Term Share Incentive 2008

Long Term Share Incentive 2010

Long Term Share Incentive 2010

Long Term Share Incentive 2011

Long Term Share Incentive 2012

Long Term Share Incentive 2013

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2012 – Tranche 1

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2012 – Tranche 2

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2013 – Tranche 1

Deferred Bonus Incentive 2013 – Tranche 2

Company Share Option Plan

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Save As You Earn

Date of grant

Number 
of options 
2014

Number 
of options 
2013

Exercise
 price

21 November 2008

–

801,570

18 February 2011

30,470

637,649

20 April 2011

–

175,377

21 September 2011

721,070

721,070

23 October 2012

544,757

544,757

24 September 2013

368,842

–

23 October 2012

120,010

350,818

23 October 2012

330,163

350,818

24 September 2013

422,507

24 September 2013

422,507

–

–

21 November 2008

263,780

499,588

2 January 2008

1 January 2009

–

–

4,464

191,349

1 January 2010

21,108

42,740

1 January 2011

199,164

671,549

1 January 2012

986,209 1,026,728

1 January 2014

947,162

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£2.26

£1.06

£1.42

£0.98

£0.95

£1.98

The total share options outstanding at 30 June 2014 under the Long Term Share Incentive Plan, Company Share Option Plan and the 
Save As You Earn schemes represent 1.5% of the issued share capital (2013: 1.6%).

98 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

99 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 7. Employees continued
d. Share-based payments continued
Movements in the year
The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options is as follows:

Long Term Share Incentive scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Deferred Bonus Incentive scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Company Share Option Plan:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Save As You Earn scheme:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Number
 of options 
2014

2,880,423

(1,460,121)

(124,005)

368,842

1,665,139

30,470

701,636

(55,467)

(256,988)

906,006

1,295,187

120,010

499,588

(77,937)

(157,871)

263,780

263,780

1,936,830

(141,418)

(611,473)

969,704

Weighted 
average
 exercise
price
 2014

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£0.99

£0.93

£1.01

£1.98

Number
 of options 
2013

3,084,368

(747,735)

(967)

544,757

2,880,423

–

–

–

–

701,636

701,636

9,721

803,336

–

(303,748)

499,588

451,626

2,232,995

(196,865)

(99,300)

–

2,153,643

£1.41

1,936,830

18,290

£0.98

4,464

Weighted
 average 
exercise
 price 
2013

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.25

£1.13

£1.04

£1.38

–

£0.99

£2.26

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options exercised during the year was £2.94 (2013: £1.94).

The options outstanding at 30 June 2014 had a range of exercise prices of £nil to £2.26 (2013: £nil to £2.26) and a weighted average 
remaining contractual life of 4.6 years (2013: 5.9 years).

The expected life used in the models has been adjusted, based on best estimates, to reflect exercise restrictions and behavioural 
considerations.

The charge to income in relation to equity settled share-based payments in the year is £1.9m (2013: charge £0.9m).

7. Employees continued
e. Retirement benefit schemes
The Redrow Staff Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) comprises two sections: a funded, self-administered, defined benefit section and a 
funded defined contribution section. The defined benefit section was closed to all new entrants from July 2006, having been closed 
to all but a limited number of agreed new entrants from October 2001. Both sections of the Scheme were closed to future accrual 
with effect from 1 March 2012.

The total pension charge for the year was £12.1m (2013: charge of £5.4m). A charge of £7.7m related to the defined benefit section 
of the Scheme (2013: charge of £1.8m), with £0.6m being charged to the income statement (2013: charge of £0.5m) and a charge of 
£7.1m to the statement of comprehensive income (2013: charge of £1.3m). The charge arising from the defined contribution section 
was £4.4m (2013: £3.6m).

Triennial valuation
A full independent triennial actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section of the Scheme was undertaken at 1 July 2011.  
The method used was the Projected Unit Method. In the opinion of the Actuary, there was a deficit of £9.8m in the defined benefit 
section of the Scheme, with the value of the Scheme’s assets representing 90% of the Scheme’s liabilities. As at 1 July 2011 the value 
of the defined benefit section of the Scheme’s assets was £83.7m. The previous triennial valuation was undertaken as at 1 July 2008 
and reported a surplus of £9.9m.

Defined benefit scheme – IAS 19R valuation
Redrow has a policy of recognising all actuarial gains and losses for its defined benefit plan in the period in which they occur, outside 
the income statement, in the statement of comprehensive income.

This disclosure relates to the defined benefit section of the Scheme. The Scheme’s assets are held separately from the assets of 
Redrow and are administered by the trustees and managed professionally.

The latest formal actuarial valuation of the defined benefit section was carried out at 1 July 2011. This valuation has been updated  
to 30 June 2014 by a qualified actuary for the purposes of these accounts.

The Group expects to contribute £1.1m to the Scheme in the year ending 30 June 2015. 

The major financial assumptions used in arriving at the IAS 19R valuation were:

Long term rate of increase in pensionable salaries

Rate of increase of benefits in payment (lesser of 5% per annum and RPI)1

Rate of increase of benefits in payment (lesser of 2.5% per annum and RPI)2

Discount rate

Inflation assumption – RPI

– CPI

2014

n/a

3.4%

2.2%

4.3%

3.6%

2.6%

2013

n/a

3.4%

2.2%

4.7%

3.6%

2.6%

1  In respect of pensions in excess of the guaranteed minimum pension earned prior to 30 June 2006.

2  In respect of pensions in excess of the guaranteed minimum pension earned after 30 June 2006. Other pension increases are valued in a consistent manner.

The mortality tables used in the actuarial valuation were as follows (which make allowance for projected further improvements  
in mortality): 

For male members: 

SIN X A CMI_2010 1% Long Term Trend

The life expectancies implied by these tables for typical members are:

Pensioner currently aged 65:  

Male 22.3 years

Future pensioner when aged 65: 

Male 23.3 years

It has been assumed that the majority of members will commute part of their pension in return for a tax free cash sum  
on retirement.

The Scheme closed to future benefit accrual on 29 February 2012. Prior to the closure, active members received pensionable salary 
increases which were capped each year at the Retail Price Index (RPI) or 2.5% if lower. Deferred pensions are assumed to increase in 
line with the Consumer Price Index (CPI). At the date the Scheme closure was effected, the best estimate of future CPI was almost 
identical to the salary growth assumption, hence the closure does not result in any curtailment item.

100 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

101 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report  
7. Employees continued
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued
The total assets, the split between the major asset classes in the Scheme, the present value of the Schemes’ liabilities and the 
amounts recognised in the balance sheet are shown below:

Group and Company

Equities

Property

Gilts

Corporate bonds

High yield bonds

Diversified growth funds

Cash

Insurance policies

Total market value of assets

Present value of obligations

(Deficit) in the Scheme

2014
£m
Quoted 
market
 price in 
active 
market

2014
£m
No quoted 
market
 price in 
active 
market

33.0

1.3

32.0

2.5

5.4

5.2

7.3

–

86.7

–

–

–

–

–

5.4

–

2.0

7.4

2013
£m 
Quoted 
market
 price in 
active 
market 

2013
£m 
No quoted 
market
 price in 
active 
market

21.7

6.4

17.0

17.6

7.1

18.5

0.5

–

88.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.0

2.0

2014 
£m
Total

33.0

1.3

32.0

2.5

5.4

10.6

7.3

2.0

94.1

(105.1)

(11.0)

The defined benefit obligation at 30 June 2014 can be approximately attributed to the scheme members as follows:

Active members

Deferred members

Pensioner members

All benefits are vested at 30 June 2014 (unchanged from 30 June 2013).

The total amounts credited/(charged) against income in the year were as follows:

Amounts included within the income statement:

Administrative expenses

Current service cost

Scheme administration expenses

Net interest on defined benefit liability

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income:

Return on scheme assets excluding interest income

Actuarial losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

2013 
£m
Total

21.7

6.4

17.0

17.6

7.1

18.5

0.5

2.0

90.8

(94.6)

(3.8)

%

–

74

26

100

Group and Company

2014 
£m

2013*  
£m

–

(0.4)

(0.2)

(0.6)

1.7

(8.8)

(7.1)

(7.7)

–

(0.4)

(0.1)

(0.5)

3.1

(4.4)

(1.3)

(1.8)

7. Employees continued
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued

Previously reported under IAS 19 Employee Benefits (1998)

Amounts included within the consolidated income statement

Administrative expenses

Current service cost

Losses on curtailments and settlements

Financing costs

Expected return on assets

Interest cost

Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Actuarial (losses)

Group and 
Company

2013 
£m

–

–

4.1

(4.0)

0.1

(1.9)

(1.8)

The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the deficit in respect of the Group’s defined benefit section is as follows:

Balance sheet (deficit)

At start of year

Amounts charged against statement of comprehensive income

Employer contributions paid

At end of year

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

At start of year

Current service cost

Interest expense

Member contributions

Benefit payments

Actuarial losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

At end of year

Changes in the fair value of the Scheme’s assets:

At start of year

Interest income

Return on scheme assets excluding interest income

Scheme administration expenses

Normal employer contributions

Member contributions

Benefit payments

At end of year

Group and Company

2014 
£m

2013*
£m

(3.8)

(7.7)

0.5

(11.0)

(2.6)

(1.8)

0.6

(3.8)

94.6

88.4

–

4.4

–

(2.7)

8.8

–

4.0

–

(2.2)

4.4

105.1

94.6

90.8

4.2

1.7

85.8

3.9

3.1

(0.4)

(0.4)

0.5

–

(2.7)

94.1

0.6

–

(2.2)

90.8

103 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

* Prior period results have been restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

102 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 7. Employees continued
e. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Sensitivity of key assumptions
The table below gives a broad indication of the impact on the IAS 19R numbers to changes in assumptions and experience (away 
from the assumptions shown on page 101). All figures are before allowing for deferred tax.

9. Property, plant and equipment
Group

Item

Increase/reduce discount rate by 0.25%

Increase/reduce inflation by 0.25% (assumed affects deferred and pensioner increases)

Change mortality assumption to include negative 1 year age rating

Change mortality assumption to S1NxA CMI_2013 1.25% long-term trend rate

The above sensitivities are applied to adjust the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period. 
Whilst the analysis does not take account of the full distribution of cashflows expected under the scheme, 
it does provide an approximation to the sensitivity assumptions shown.

No changes have been made to the method and assumptions used in the analysis from those used in the 
previous period.

Note that some of the changes illustrated above may take the actuarial basis outside a reasonable range.

Approximate impact 
on current deficit

-£5.3m/+£5.7m

+£4.5m/-£4.8m

-£2.2m

+£0.8m

Goodwill 
£m

Software 
£m

Total
 £m

1.5

–

1.5

–

1.5

–

–

–

–

–

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.3

0.2

1.5

0.3

1.8

1.0

0.1

1.1

0.2

1.3

0.5

0.4

0.3

2.8

0.2

3.0

0.3

3.3

1.0

0.1

1.1

0.2

1.3

2.0

1.9

1.8

8. Intangible assets 
Group

Cost

At 1 July 2012

Additions

At 30 June 2013

Additions

At 30 June 2014

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 July 2012

Charge

At 30 June 2013

Charge

At 30 June 2014

Net book value

At 30 June 2014

At 30 June 2013

At 30 June 2012

104 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Cost

At 1 July 2012

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2013

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2014

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 July 2012

Charge

Disposals

At 30 June 2013

Charge

Disposals

At 30 June 2014

Net book value

At 30 June 2014

At 30 June 2013

At 30 June 2012

Freehold 
property 
£m

Plant and 
machinery 
£m

Fixtures 
and
 fittings
 £m

13.3

–

–

13.3

–

–

13.3

3.0

0.3

–

3.3

0.3

–

3.6

9.7

10.0

10.3

3.6

–

(0.3)

3.3

–

(0.2)

3.1

3.0

0.2

(0.2)

3.0

0.1

(0.1)

3.0

0.1

0.3

0.6

5.5

0.3

–

5.8

0.8

–

6.6

4.3

0.6

–

4.9

0.5

–

5.4

1.2

0.9

1.2

Total 
£m

22.4

0.3

(0.3)

22.4

0.8

(0.2)

23.0

10.3

1.1

(0.2)

11.2

0.9

(0.1)

12.0

11.0

11.2

12.1

There was £0.1m of capital expenditure contracted at 30 June 2014 (2013: £0.1m).

The carrying value of non-current assets held for sale at 30 June 2014 was £1.0m (2013: £1.0m).

10. Investments
a. Investments

Joint ventures

Subsidiary companies

Group

Company

2014
£m

10.8

–

10.8

2013 
£m

13.3

–

13.3

2014 
£m

–

0.1

0.1

2013 
£m

–

0.1

0.1

105 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 10. Investments continued
b. Investments in joint ventures

Share of joint venture net assets:

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net (liabilities)/assets

Loans from Group companies(i)

Share of post-tax profits from joint ventures:

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Group

2014 
£m

Company

2013 
£m

2014
 £m

2013 
£m

10.6

(4.7)

(7.3)

(1.4)

12.2

10.8

7.9

(3.5)

4.4

(0.4)

4.0

(0.3)

3.7

(0.9)

2.8

16.5

(7.2)

(7.1)

2.2

11.1

13.3

10.0

(5.6)

4.4

(0.2)

4.2

0.1

4.3

(1.0)

3.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(i) £8.9m of the loans to joint ventures are secured (2013: £3.1m).

The Group’s joint venture investments are:

•  its 50% shareholding in the ordinary share capital of The Waterford Park Company Limited, a company incorporated in Great 
Britain with a 30 June year end. The Waterford Park Company Limited was formed to pursue the potential redevelopment of 
Watford Junction railway station; and

•  its 50% shareholding in the ordinary share capital of Menta Redrow Limited, a company incorporated in Great Britain with  

a 30 June year end. Menta Redrow Limited was formed to pursue a redevelopment opportunity in Croydon.

In March 2014 the Group purchased the remaining 50% shareholding in the ordinary share capital of Redmira Limited, a company 
incorporated in Great Britain with a 30 June year end, making it a subsidiary from that date, for a cash consideration of £4.1m. 
The book value of net assets acquired was £0.3m and the fair value to the Group was £4.1m. No goodwill arose on the acquisition. 
Redmira Limited was formed to pursue potential redevelopment opportunities in the south east of England.

c. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

At 1 July 2013 and 30 June 2014

Company 
£m

0.1

The principal subsidiary company is Redrow Homes Limited. All subsidiary companies are incorporated in Great Britain except 
Redrow Homes (Park Heights) Limited which is incorporated in Jersey. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in 
Section 410 of the Companies Act 2006 which allows only principal subsidiaries to be disclosed. A full list of subsidiary undertakings 
as at 30 June 2014 will be appended to the Company’s next annual return. The capital of all the subsidiary companies, consisting of 
ordinary shares, is wholly owned. HB (HDG) Limited is directly owned by Redrow plc.

11. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
The following are the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the current and 
prior year:

Deferred tax assets

At 1 July 2012

(Charge)/credit to income

Credit to equity

At 1 July 2013

Credit/(charge) to income

Credit to equity

At 30 June 2014

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 July 2012

Charge to income

Credit to equity

At 1 July 2013

Credit to income

Credit to equity

At 30 June 2014

Employee 
benefits
 £m

Imputed 
interest 
£m

Share-based 
payment
 £m

Short term 
temporary 
differences
 £m

Losses 
carried
 forward
 £m

0.8

(0.2)

0.5

1.1

–

1.6

2.7

2.4

–

–

2.4

0.1

–

2.5

0.1

–

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

Employee 
benefits 
£m

Imputed
 interest 
£m

Share- based 
payment 
£m

2.4

2.3

–

4.7

46.1

(18.6)

–

27.5

(4.0)

(26.0)

–

0.7

Short term 
temporary
 differences 
£m

–

1.5

Losses
 carried 
forward
 £m

–

–

–

–

–

–  

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.7)

0.2

–

(0.5)

–

–

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

51.8

(16.5)

0.5

35.8

(29.9)

1.6

7.5

 Total 
£m

(0.7)

0.2

–

(0.5)

–

–

(0.5)

The Group has no material unrecognised deferred tax assets.

The deferred tax balances in the Company relate to a deferred tax asset arising on retirement benefit obligations of £5.8m  
(2013: £4.2m).

The Group has considered carefully the extent to which it is probable that future taxable profit will be available resulting in taxable 
amounts against which the carried forward tax losses could be utilised. The basis for supporting the recognition of the deferred tax 
asset is as follows:

•   the Group’s medium term financial forecasting model has been reviewed. This forecasts increased profitability building on the 

record profits in 2014 and the deferred tax asset being utilised within twelve months.

A Corporation Tax rate of 21% from 1 April 2014 was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. Accordingly deferred tax balances have 
been revalued to the lower rate of 21% in these financial statements.

106 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

107 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 12. Trade and other receivables

Non‑current assets

Trade receivables (net) 

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade receivables (net)

Amounts due from subsidiary companies

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Group

Company

2014
£m

15.0

0.3

15.3

21.2

–

15.5

5.8

42.5

2013 
£m

2014
 £m

2013
 £m

25.1

0.3

25.4

18.4

–

4.9

1.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

622.0

551.5

–

–

–

–

24.9

622.0

551.5

Trade receivables due after more than one year are stated after an allowance of £12.4m has been made (2013: £9.2m) in respect of 
estimated irrecoverable amounts. This allowance is based on an estimate of default rates. £3.3m provision was made during the year 
(2013: £1.8m). £0.1m was utilised (2013: £0.2m). It is not considered that a material amount of current asset trade receivables are 
overdue for payment.

Trade and other receivables due in one to two years are £0.3m (2013: £7.2m), due between two and five years are £4.0m (2013: 
£4.2m) and due in more than five years are £11.0m (2013: £14.0m). The Group holds a charge over the underlying assets. Trade 
receivables include £9.0m regarding the Scotland disposal (2013: £18.5m). At the balance sheet date, there is no material difference 
between the fair value of trade and other receivables and their carrying values as shown in the balance sheet.

13. Inventories

Land for development

Work in progress

Stock of showhomes

Payments on account

Group

Company

2014 
£m

802.2

360.6

30.3

1,193.1

2013 
£m

622.0

274.8

27.4

924.2

(35.9)

(28.7)

1,157.2

895.5

2014 
£m

2013 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Inventories of £633.1m net of £20.6m net realisable value provision utilisation, were expensed in the year (2013: £462.1m net  
of £36.1m net realisable value provision utilisation). Work in progress includes £3.0m (2013: £6.1m) in respect of part exchange 
properties. Land held for development in the sum of £102.0m is subject to a legal charge as security in respect of deferred 
consideration (2013: £96.4m).

The carrying value of undeveloped land where net realisable value has been determined on the basis of a sale of land in its current 
state is £nil (2013: £nil). Of the net realisable value provision of £48.2m (2013: £72.0m), £33.7m (2013: £52.1m) is attributed to land 
and £14.5m (2013: £19.9m) is attributed to work in progress.

As discussed in note 1, the Group considers the carrying value of inventories to be a critical accounting judgement.

108 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

13. Inventories continued
The net realisable value provision movement is analysed below:

As at 1 July 2013

Utilised during the year

Created during the year

Released during the year

As at 30 June 2014

Total 
£m

72.0

(20.6)

2.2

(5.4)

48.2

The net realisable value provision relates to land with residential planning consent.

The net realisable value provisions of £2.2m and £5.4m created and released in the year are the result of our review at the balance 
sheet date in the context of prevailing market conditions and the re-assessment of selling prices and costs. They represent the 
creation of additional provisions against sites acquired pre June 2009 and the reduction of provisions already in place against such 
sites as required.

14. Financial risk management
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash and cash equivalents, bank loans and overdrafts, derivative financial instruments 
and various items included within trade receivables and trade payables which arise during the normal course of business.

The tables below provide a summary of financial assets and liabilities by category.

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the following items: 

The Group

Assets per the balance sheet

Non-current trade and other receivables

Current trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade payables and other payables

Land creditors

Other financial liabilities are at amortised cost.

2014
Loans and 
receivables 
£m

2013 
Loans and 
receivables
 £m

15.3

36.7

54.8

106.8

2014 
Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

25.4

23.3

39.0

87.7

2013 
Other
 financial 
liabilities 
£m

227.4

161.8

158.4

130.0

134.7

124.3

547.6

389.0

109 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 14. Financial risk management continued
The Company

Assets per the balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from subsidiary companies

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Bank loans and overdrafts

Amounts due to subsidiary companies

2014
 Loans and 
receivables
 £m

2013 
Loans and 
receivables
 £m

52.9

622.0

37.1

551.5

674.9

588.6

2014 
Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

2013
 Other
 financial 
liabilities 
£m

175.0

13.6

95.0

13.7

188.6

108.7

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks.

Financial risk management is conducted centrally using policies approved by the Board. Market risk is negligible due to the Group’s 
limited exposure to equity securities (some limited exposure arises through the Redrow Staff Pension Scheme’s investment portfolio) 
and the associated price risk. Its foreign exchange exposure is negligible given the nature of the Group’s business and its exclusive  
UK activities.

a. Liquidity risk and interest rate risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due. Liquidity 
risks are managed through the regular review of cash forecasts and by maintaining adequate committed banking facilities to ensure 
appropriate headroom.

At 30 June 2014, the Group had total unsecured bank borrowing facilities of £367.5m, representing £365.0m committed facilities 
and £2.5m uncommitted facilities.

The Group’s cash surpluses arise from the short term timing differences. As a consequence the Group does not consider it bears 
significant risk of changes to income and cash flows as a result of movements on interest rates on its interest bearing assets.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows money at floating rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from 
long term borrowings. In order to manage its interest rate risk, the Group enters into simple risk management products, almost 
exclusively interest rate swaps. All interest rate swaps are sterling denominated. The swaps are arranged so as to match with those  
of the underlying borrowings to which they relate. There was no ineffectiveness to be recorded in respect of these cash flow hedges 
in 2014 or 2013.

110 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

14. Financial risk management continued
a. Liquidity risk and interest rate risk continued
The following table shows the profile of interest bearing debt together with its effective interest rates, after taking account  
of interest rate swaps as at the balance sheet date and the periods in which they will reprice:

Effective
 interest 
rate
%

Total
 £m

2014

Zero 
to one 
year 
£m

One 
to two
 years
 £m

Two
 to five 
years 
£m

 Effective 
interest 
rate 
%

2013

Zero 
to one 
year
 £m

35.0

–

–

Total 
£m

35.0

20.0

75.0

One
 to two 
years
 £m

Two
 to five 
years
 £m

–

20.0

75.0

–

–

–

–

Bank overdraft

Bank loans – fixed rate

Bank loans – floating rate

2.0

52.4

52.4

–

–

2.4

175.0

–

–

227.4

52.4

–

–

–

–

2.5

–

–

175.0

3.6

175.0

130.0

35.0

95.0

The notional principal amounts in respect of the interest rate swaps together with their maturities are given in the table below:

2014 

2013 

The swaps had a neutral value at 30 June 2013.

Balance 
at 30 June 
£m

–

Zero 
to one 
year 
£m

–

20.0

20.0

One 
to two 
years 
£m

–

–

For the year ended 30 June 2014, it is estimated that for any incremental general increase of 1% in interest rates applying for the full 
year the decrease in the Group’s profit before tax would be £1.5m (2013: £0.7m).

b. Maturity of bank loans and borrowings
The maturity of bank loans and borrowings is as below:

The Group

Due within one year

Due between one and two years

Due between two and five years

Maturities above include estimated interest payable to the maturity of the facilities.

The Company

Due within one year

Due between one and two years

Due between two and five years

2014 
Bank 
overdraft
 £m

52.4

–

–

2014
Bank
 loans
 £m

–

–

189.8

2013 
Bank
 overdraft 
£m

35.0

–

–

52.4

189.8

35.0

2014
Bank 
overdraft 
£m

2014
Bank 
loans 
£m

2013
Bank 
overdraft 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

189.8

189.8

–

–

–

–

2013 
Bank
 loans 
£m

–

98.2

–

98.2

2013
 Bank 
loans 
£m

–

98.2

–

98.2

Maturities above include estimated interest payable to the maturity of the facilities.

The Company was fully compliant with its banking covenants as at 30 June 2014.

At the year end, the Group and Company had £190.0m (2013: £105.0m) of undrawn committed bank facilities available.

There is no material difference between the fair value of the bank overdrafts and bank loans and their carrying values as shown  
in the balance sheet.

111 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 14. Financial risk management continued
c. Amounts due in respect of development land
The Group’s policy permits land purchases to be made on deferred payment terms. In accordance with IAS 39, the deferred creditor 
is recorded at fair value and nominal value is amortised over the deferment period via financing costs, increasing the land creditor  
to its full cash settlement value on the payment date.

The interest rate used for each deferred payment is an equivalent loan rate available on the date of land purchase, as applicable 
to a loan lasting for a comparable period of time to that deferment.

The maturity profile of the total contracted cash payments in respect of amounts due in respect of land creditors at the balance 
sheet date is as follows:

2014

2013

d. Maturity of trade and other payables
These represent current liabilities due within one year.

Total 
contracted 
cash 
payment 
£m

Due 
less than 
one year 
£m

Balance 
at 30 June 
£m

158.4

162.6

104.7

124.3

129.1

92.1

Due
 between 
one and
 two years 
£m 

34.3

31.2

Due 
between 
two and 
five years 
£m

23.6

5.8

e. Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, including call deposits with banks and financial institutions, derivative financial 
instruments and trade receivables. It represents the risk of financial loss where counterparties are unable to meet their obligations.

Credit risk is managed centrally in respect of cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments. In respect of placing 
deposits with banks and financial institutions and funds, individual risk limits are approved by the Board. The table below shows the 
cash and cash equivalents as at the balance sheet date:

Held at Banks with at least an A- credit rating per Standard & Poor

Group

Company

2014
£m

54.8

54.8

2013 
£m

39.0

39.0

2014 
£m

52.9

52.9

2013
 £m

37.1

37.1

No credit limits were exceeded during the reporting period or subsequently and the Group does not anticipate any losses from 
non-performance by these counterparties.

There is no specific concentration of credit risk in respect of home sales as the exposure is spread over a number of customers.  
In respect of trade receivables, the amounts presented in the balance sheet are stated after adjusting for any doubtful receivables, 
based on the judgement of the Group’s management through using both previous experience and knowledge of the current position 
of any more substantial receivables.

f. Capital management
The Group defines total capital as equity plus net debt where net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and  
cash equivalents.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the level of returns achieved on its capital base and, with respect to its financing 
structure, the gearing ratio. This is defined as net debt divided by equity.

The Group’s objective in managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to deliver value to its 
Shareholders and other stakeholders. The Group operates within policies outlined by the Board in order to maintain an appropriate 
funding structure. The Board keeps the Group’s capital structure under review.

14. Financial risk management continued
f. Capital management continued
The total capital levels and gearing ratios as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 are as follows:

Total borrowings

Less cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2014
 £m

227.4

(54.8)

172.6

695.7

868.3

24.8%

2013
£m

130.0

(39.0)

91.0

609.2

700.2

14.9%

The Company was fully compliant with its banking covenants at 30 June 2014.

g. Fair values
At 30 June 2014 there is no material difference between the fair value of financial instruments and their carrying values in the 
balance sheet.

15. Trade and other payables

Non‑current liabilities

Amounts due in respect of development land 

Other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Amounts due in respect of development land

Amounts owed to subsidiary companies

Other payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals and deferred income

16. Long term provisions
The Group

At 1 July 2013

Provisions created during the year

Provisions released during the year

Provisions utilised during the year

At 30 June 2014

Group

2014
 £m

53.7

–

53.7

156.0

104.7

–

5.8

0.3

40.6

2013 
£m

32.2

1.0

33.2

130.2

92.1

–

4.5

1.6

35.1

307.4

263.5

Onerous 
contracts 
£m

5.5

–

(1.7)

(1.0)

2.8

Company

2014
£m

2013
 £m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13.6

13.7

–

–

6.2

19.8

Other
 £m

2.3

1.7

–

(0.4)

3.6

–

–

4.3

18.0

Total 
£m

7.8

1.7

(1.7)

(1.4)

6.4

112 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

113 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Provisions relate to onerous contracts (in place at June 2009 and viewed as onerous) and maintenance and sundry remedial costs in 
respect of development activities, which it is assessed will be utilised within four years.

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report 17. Share capital

Authorised

480,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each (2013: 480,000,000) 

Issued and fully paid

As at 1 July 2013 and 30 June 2014

2014 
£m

48.0

37.0

2013
£m

48.0

37.0

Number of ordinary 
shares of 10p each

369,799,938

Options granted to Directors and employees under the LTSIP, the CSOP and the SAYE schemes are set out in note 7d.

18. Share capital, share premium account and reserves
The Group

At 1 July 2012

Total comprehensive income

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Share-based payment

Movement in respect of LTSIP/SAYE

At 30 June 2013

Total comprehensive income

Shares issued

Dividends paid

Share-based payment

Movement in respect of LTSIP/SAYE

At 30 June 2014

Share 
premium 
account
 £m

 Other 
reserves 
£m

 Retained
 earnings
 £m

Share 
capital
 £m

37.0

–

–

–

–

–

58.7

7.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37.0

58.7

7.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

457.9

52.3

–

–

0.3

(4.9)

505.6

97.2

–

(7.4)

–

(3.3)

37.0

58.7

7.9

592.1

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of a £7.0m Capital redemption reserve (2013: £7.0m) and a £0.9m Consolidation reserve (2013: £0.9m).

Undistributable reserves
Other reserves are not available for distribution.

114 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

18. Share capital, share premium account and reserves continued
The Company

At 1 July 2012

Total comprehensive income†

Shares issued

Dividends paid

At 30 June 2013

Total comprehensive income

Shares issued

Dividends paid

At 30 June 2014

† Includes dividends received from subsidiary companies.

Other reserves
Other reserves consists of a £7.0m Capital redemption reserve (2013: £7.0m).

Undistributable reserves
Other reserves are not available for distribution.

19. Movement in net (debt)/cash
The Group

Share 
capital 
£m

37.0

Share
 premium 
account
 £m

Other
 reserves 
£m

58.6

7.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained
 earnings
£m

276.1

103.1

–

–

37.0

58.6

7.0

379.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.6

–

(7.4)

37.0

58.6

7.0

375.4

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Net debt

The Company

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Net debt

At
 1 July 
2013 
£m

39.0

(35.0)

4.0

 Cash flow 
£m

15.8

(17.4)

(1.6)

At 
30 June 
2014
 £m

54.8

(52.4)

2.4

(95.0)

(80.0)

(175.0)

(91.0)

(81.6)

(172.6)

At 
1 July 
2013 
£m

37.1

–

37.1

 Cash flow
 £m

15.8

–

15.8

At 
30 June 
2014 
£m

52.9

–

52.9

(95.0)

(80.0)

(175.0)

(57.9)

(64.2)

(122.1)

115 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedFinancial statements Governance reportShareholder informationStrategic report Financial statements
Notes to the financial statements continued

Shareholder information
Notice of Annual General Meeting

20. Operating lease commitments

Within one year

Within two to five years

Later than five years

2014 
£m

2.0

2.7

–

2013 
£m

1.5

2.9

0.2

21. Contingent liabilities
The Company has guaranteed the bank borrowings of its subsidiaries. Performance bonds, financial guarantees in respect of certain 
deferred land creditors and other building or performance guarantees have been entered into in the normal course of business.

22. Related party transactions
Within the definition of IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, the Board and key management personnel are related parties. Detailed 
disclosure of the remuneration of the Board is given in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 59 to 75. A summary of 
remuneration provided to key management personnel is provided in note 7c.

In addition, related party transactions were carried out with parties related to Steve Morgan during the year totalling £0.7m 
(Company £0.7m), primarily relating to the donation to the Morgan Foundation as described in the Directors’ Remuneration report 
on page 68 and in respect of the Group, in addition relating to services provided by Harrow Estates plc on an arm’s length basis 
under promotional agreements forming part of the acquisition of the Harrow business.

As at 30 June 2014, an amount of £nil was due to Harrow Estates plc under normal trading terms.

There have been no other material transactions with key management personnel. There is no other difference between transactions 
with key management personnel of the Company and the Group.

The Company funds the operating companies through both equity investment and loans at commercial rates of interest. In addition, 
the Company provides its subsidiaries with the services of Senior Management, for which a recharge is made to those subsidiary 
companies based upon utilisation of services.

The amount outstanding from subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2014 was £622.0m (2013: £551.5m). The amount owed to 
subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2014 was £13.6m (2013: £13.7m).

The Company provided the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme, as detailed in note 7e. Expected service costs were charged  
to the operating businesses at cost. There is no contractual arrangement or stated policy relating to the charge. Experience and 
actuarial gains are recognised in the Company, via the statement of comprehensive income.

The Group did not undertake any transactions with The Waterford Park Company Limited and Menta Redrow joint ventures or 
Redmira Limited whilst it was a joint venture. The Group’s loans to its joint ventures are disclosed in note 10.

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of 
Redrow plc will be held at Village Urban Resort St Davids, 
St David’s Park, Flintshire CH5 3YB on Monday 10 November 
2014 at 12 noon for the following purposes. All resolutions will 
be proposed as ordinary resolutions except numbers 15 and 16 
which will be proposed as special resolutions.

Resolution 1 – Annual Report and Accounts
To receive and adopt the Directors’ report and the financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2014, together with the 
Auditors’ report.

Resolution 2 – Dividend
To declare a final dividend of 2.0p per ordinary share for the year 
ended 30 June 2014.

Resolution 3 – Re-appointment of Director
To re-appoint Steve Morgan as a Director.

Resolution 4 – Re-appointment of Director
To re-appoint John Tutte as a Director.

Resolution 5 – Re-appointment of Director
To re-appoint Barbara Richmond as a Director.

Resolution 6 – Appointment of Director
To appoint Liz Peace as a Director.

Resolution 7 – Re-appointment of Director
To re-appoint Debbie Hewitt as a Director.

Resolution 8 – Re-appointment of Director
To re-appoint Nick Hewson as a Director.

Resolution 9 – Re-appointment of Auditors
To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as external Auditors 
to the Company, to hold office until the end of the next general 
meeting at which financial statements are laid before the 
Company and to authorise the Directors to fix their remuneration.

Resolution 10 – Directors’ Remuneration policy
To approve the Directors’ Remuneration policy set out in the 
annual report and accounts.

Resolution 11 – Directors’ Remuneration report
To approve the Directors’ Remuneration report (other than the 
Remuneration policy) for the year ended 30 June 2014.

Resolution 12 – Renewal of Sharesave Plan
The Redrow plc Sharesave Plan 2004 (the ‘Sharesave Plan’) 
referred to in the Letter to shareholders on page 48, summarised 
in the notes at the end of the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
and produced in draft to this Meeting and (for the purposes 
of identification) initialled by the Chairman, be renewed until 
2 November 2024 and the directors be authorised to establish 
further plans for the benefit of employees outside the UK based 
on the Sharesave Plan subject to such modifications as may 
be necessary or desirable to take account of securities laws, 
exchange control and tax legislation provided that any ordinary 
shares of the Company made available under such further 
plans are treated as counting against any limits on individual 
participation or overall participation in the main plan.

Resolution 13 – Adoption of Long-Term Incentive Plan
The adoption of the Redrow PLC 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(the ‘LTIP’) referred to in the Letter to Shareholders on page 48, 
summarised in the notes at the end of the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and produced in draft to this Meeting and (for 
the purposes of identification) initialled by the Chairman, be 
approved and the directors be authorised to establish further 
plans for the benefit of employees outside the UK based on the 
LTIP subject to such modifications as may be necessary or 
desirable to take account of securities laws, exchange control 
and tax legislation provided that any ordinary shares of the 
Company made available under such further plans are treated as 
counting against any limits on individual participation or overall 
participation in the main plan.

Resolution 14 – Authority to allot shares
That the Directors, in place of any existing authority conferred 
upon them for the purpose of Section 549/551 of the Companies 
Act 2006, be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant 
to and in accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 
2006 to exercise all powers of the Company to allot and to make 
offers or agreements to allot shares or grant rights to subscribe 
shares or convert any securities into shares:

(i)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £12,326,665; and

(ii) up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £12,326,665 

in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue.

Provided that this authority shall (unless previously revoked or 
renewed) expire on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of 
the Company (or 31 December 2015 whichever may be the earlier) 
but so that the Company may, before such expiry, make an offer or 
agreement which would or might require shares to be allotted or 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares to be 
granted after such expiry and the Directors may allot shares or grant 
rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares in pursuance 
of such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

For the purposes of this Resolution and Resolution 15, ‘rights 
issue’ means an offer to:

(a) ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be 

practicable) to their existing holdings; and

(b) people who are holders of other equity securities if this is required 
by the rights of those securities or, if the Directors consider it 
necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities,

to subscribe further securities by means of the issue of a 
renounceable letter (or other negotiable document) which  
may be traded for a period before payment for the securities  
is due, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other 
arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient 
in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record 
dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under  
the laws of, any territory.

116 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

117 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationShareholder information
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Resolution 15 – Authority to disapply  
pre-emption rights
That, subject to the passing of Resolution 14 as set out above,  
the Directors be given power pursuant to Resolution 14 to make 
allotments of equity securities (as defined in Section 560(1) of the 
Companies Act 2006) pursuant to the authority contained in the 
said Resolution 14 and to sell shares which are held in treasury 
wholly for cash pursuant to Section 560(3) of the Companies Act 
2006 as if Section 561(1) of the said Act did not apply to such 
allotments or sale provided that this power shall be limited to:

(i)  allotments of equity securities in connection with a rights 

issue, pursuant to the authority given in Resolution 14 as set 
out above; and

(ii) any other allotments for cash or equity securities or sale of 
shares held in treasury up to a maximum aggregate nominal 
amount of £1,849,000;

and shall (unless previously revoked or renewed) expire on the 
date which is the earlier of the next Annual General Meeting of 
the Company or 31 December 2015 save that the said power 
shall permit the Company to make an offer or enter into an 
agreement before the expiry of such power which would or 
might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry 
and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of 
such offer or agreement as if such power conferred had not 
expired. For the purposes of this Resolution, the nominal  
amount of any securities shall be taken to be, in the case  
of rights to subscribe for or convert any securities into shares  
of the Company, the nominal amount of such shares which  
may be allotted pursuant to such rights.

Resolution 16 – Calling of a general meeting other 
than an Annual General Meeting
That a general meeting other than the Annual General Meeting 
may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

1 September 2014
Registered office:
Redrow House
St David’s Park
Flintshire
CH5 3RX

By order of the Board

Graham Cope
Company Secretary

Registered in England Number 2877315

Notes:
(i) 

A Shareholder entitled to attend and vote may appoint a proxy or proxies to 
attend, speak and vote instead of him. A proxy need not be a member of the 
Company. A member may appoint more than one proxy, provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or 
shares held by him.

(ii)  A form of proxy is enclosed which, if required, should be completed in 

accordance with the instructions set out therein and returned so as to reach 
the Company’s Registrars not later than 48 hours before the time of the 
meeting or any adjourned meeting. Completion of a form of proxy will not 
preclude a Shareholder from attending and voting at the meeting in person  
if they so wish.

(iii)  All Shareholders on the Register at 6.00pm on 6 November 2014 (or if the 
meeting is adjourned 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting) and  
only those Shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at the Annual 
General Meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their 
respective names at that time. Changes to entries on the Register after  
that time will be disregarded in determining the rights of any person  
to attend or vote at the meeting.

(iv)   The right to appoint a proxy does not apply to persons whose shares are 
held on their behalf by another person and who have been nominated to 
receive communications from the Company in accordance with Section 146 
of the Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated persons’). Nominated persons may 
have a right under an agreement with the member who holds the shares on 
their behalf to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy. 
Alternatively, if nominated persons do not have such a right, or do not  
wish to exercise it, they may have a right under such an agreement to  
give instructions to the person holding the shares as to the exercise of  
voting rights.

Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate 
representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member 
provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.

(v)  Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at general 

meetings of the Company. The total number of issued ordinary shares in 
the Company on 1 September 2014 is 369,799,938, carrying one vote each 
on a poll. Therefore, the total number of votes exercisable as at 1 September 
2014 is 369,799,938.

(vi)  Shareholders should note that, under Section 527 of the Companies Act 

2006, members meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section 
have the right to require the Company to publish on a website a statement 
setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s accounts 
(including the Auditors’ report and the conduct of the audit) that are to  
be laid before the Annual General Meeting for the financial year beginning  
1 July 2013; or (ii) any circumstance connected with an auditor of the 
Company appointed for the financial year beginning 1 July 2013 ceasing to 
hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and reports 
were laid. The Company may not require the Shareholders requesting any 
such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 
or 528 (requirements as to website availability) of the Companies Act 2006. 
Where the Company is required to place a statement on a website under 
Section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, it must forward the statement 
 to the Company’s Auditors not later than the time when it makes the 
statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with 
at the Annual General Meeting for the relevant financial year includes any 
statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 of the 
Companies Act 2006 to publish on a website. 

Members may not use any electronic address provided in either this notice  
of meeting or any related documents (including the enclosed form of proxy) 
to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those 
expressly stated.

(vii)  Any member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions. The 
Company must cause to be answered any such question relating to the 
business being dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be given  
if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting  
or involve the disclosure of confidential information; (b) the answer has 
already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or 
(c) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of  
the meeting that the question be answered.

(viii)   A copy of this notice and other information required by Section 311A of the 

Companies Act 2006 can be found at redrow.co.uk.

(ix)   Under Section 338 and Section 338A of the Companies Act 2006, members 
meeting the threshold requirements in those sections have the right to 
require the Company: (i) to give, to members of the Company entitled to 
receive notice of the meeting, notice of a resolution which may properly be 
moved and is intended to be moved at the meeting; and/or (ii) to include in 
the business to be dealt with at the meeting any matter (other than a 
proposed resolution) which may be properly included in the business. A 
resolution may properly be moved or a matter may properly be included in 
the business unless: (a) (in the case of a resolution only) it would, if passed, 
be ineffective (whether by reason of inconsistency with any enactment or 
the Company’s constitution or otherwise); (b) it is defamatory of any 
person; or (c) it is frivolous or vexatious. Such a request may be in hard copy 
form or in electronic form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to 
be given or the matter to be included in the business, must be authorised by 
the person or persons making it, must be received by the Company not later 
than 26 September 2014, being the date six clear weeks before the meeting, 
and (in the case of a matter to be included in the business only) must be 
accompanied by a statement setting out the grounds for the request.

(x)  Copies of the Directors’ service contracts will be available for inspection at 
the registered office during normal business hours on any business day and 
at the place of the Annual General Meeting for at least 15 minutes before 
the meeting is held until its conclusion.

(xi)  The register of Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company 

will be available for inspection at the place of the meeting from 11.45am 
on 10 November 2014 until the conclusion of the meeting. None of the 
Directors has a service contract which cannot be terminated within one 
year without payment of compensation.

(xii)  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST 

electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the meeting (and any 
adjournment of the meeting) by following the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual. CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored 
members (and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service 
provider) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider, who 
will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

(xiii)  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to 
be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) must 
be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear’s specifications and 
must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in 
the CREST Manual (available via www.euroclear.com/CREST). The message 
(regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or an 
amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must, 
in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent 
(ID 3RA50) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified 
in note (ii) above. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be  
the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the 
CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve 
the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After 
this time any change of instructions to a proxy appointed through CREST 
should be communicated to him by other means.

(xiv)  CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting 

service providers) should note that Euroclear does not make available special 
procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to  
take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored 
member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action as shall be 
necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST 
system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members (and, 
where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) are 
referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

(xv)  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated  
Securities Regulations 2001.

(xvi)   If you have any questions about the meeting or need any special assistance 

at the meeting, please contact the Company Secretary at the registered 
office or telephone 01244 520044 during normal business hours.

118 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

119 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
Shareholder information
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Explanatory notes to Annual General Meeting resolutions:
Resolutions 1 to 14 are proposed as ordinary resolutions. This means that for 
each of those resolutions to be passed, more than half of the votes cast must 
be in favour of the resolution. Resolutions 15 and 16 are proposed as special 
resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, at 
least three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

Resolution 2 – Dividend
Subject to approval at the meeting, the dividend will be paid on 14 November 2014 
to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 26 September 2014.

Resolutions 3–8 – Re-appointment of Directors
As required by the UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors retire and offer 
themselves for re-election. Following changes to the Listing Rules which took effect 
in May 2014, Resolutions 6, 7 and 8 must be approved both by a simple majority of 
all Shareholders, and by a simple majority of the independent Shareholders (that is 
all Shareholders other than Steve Morgan and his concert parties).

Liz Peace, CBE will join the Board as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 
September 2014. Liz Peace is shortly to retire after twelve years as the Chief 
Executive of the British Property Federation. Prior to this she had a long and varied 
career in the Ministry of Defence, including twelve years until 2002 as company 
secretary and director of corporate affairs at QinetiQ Group plc (formerly the 
Defence Evaluation and Research Agency). Liz is also a Non-Executive Director of 
Morgan Sindall Group plc and Turley Associates. She is also a member of the 
Peabody Trust and a trustee of the property charity Land Aid.

For full biographies of all other Directors and further details in relation to their 
re-appointment, please see pages 50 and 51.

Resolution 9 – Re-appointment of Auditors
The Company is required to appoint Auditors at every general meeting at which 
the accounts are presented to Shareholders.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were appointed at last year’s Annual General Meeting 
and are willing to seek re-appointment this year. It is normal practice for a Company’s 
Directors to be authorised to agree the Auditors’ fees. If this resolution is passed, the 
Audit Committee will approve the fees for recommendation to the Board.

Resolutions 10 and 11 – Directors’ remuneration
These resolutions deal with the remuneration of the directors and seek approval 
of the directors’ remuneration policy and of the remuneration paid to the 
directors during the year under review respectively.

Changes to the Companies Act 2006, which took effect in October 2013, require 
the Company to ask shareholders to approve the remuneration policy section of 
the Directors’ Remuneration report. This is set out on pages 62 to 68 of the 
annual report and accounts. New Resolution 13 is a binding vote. If approved by 
shareholders, the directors’ remuneration policy will take effect immediately after 
the end of the Annual General Meeting and will apply until replaced by a new or 
amended policy.

The Company is also required to ask shareholders to approve the remainder of the 
remuneration report that is, excluding the directors’ remuneration policy. This is 
set out on pages 68 to 75 of the annual report and accounts. Resolution 11 is an 
advisory vote.

Resolutions 12 and 13 – Sharesave and LTIP
The key terms of the Redrow PLC 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’) are 
summarised in Section 1 below and those of the Redrow plc Sharesave Plan 2004 
(the ‘Plan’), amended as proposed are summarised in Section 2. Some common 
terms which apply to both plans (the ‘Plans’) are summarised in Section 3.

1		
1.1	

The	LTIP
Eligibility
Any employee (including an executive director) of the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries will be eligible to participate in the LTIP at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee. Specific terms of the initial Awards are set out in 
the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration report, on pages 69 and 70 of the 
annual report and accounts.

1.2	

Form	of	awards
Awards under the LTIP may be in the form of:

•  a conditional right to acquire ordinary Shares in the Company (“Shares”) 

at no cost to the participant (“Conditional Award”); 

•  an option to acquire Shares at no cost to the participant (“Nil-Cost 

Option”); or

•  a right to receive a cash amount which relates to the value of a certain 

number of notional Shares (“Cash Awards”), which may be Cash Options 
or Cash Conditional Awards. 

and Conditional Awards, Nil-Cost Options and Cash Awards are together 
referred to as “Awards” and each an “Award”. 

References in this summary to Shares include notional Shares to which 
a Cash Award relates, where appropriate. 

120 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

1.3	 Performance	Conditions

Unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, Awards 
will be subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition which will 
determine the proportion (if any) of the Award which will vest at the end 
of a performance period of at least three years (unless the Board determines 
otherwise). Awards to the Company’s executive directors will always be 
subject to performance conditions.

Any performance condition may be amended or substituted if one or more 
events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that an 
amended or substituted performance condition would be more appropriate. 
Any amended or substituted performance condition would not be materially 
less difficult to satisfy.

1.4	 Holding	Period

If the Remuneration Committee determines that a holding period will 
apply to an Award, the shares comprised in the vested Award will not 
be transferred to the participant (or, in the case of a Nil-Cost Option, be 
exercisable) before the expiry of an additional period, as determined by 
the Remuneration Committee, of not less than one year following the end 
of the performance period.

1.5	

Individual	limits
LTIP Awards will be granted to a participant in respect of any financial year 
of the Company over Shares with a market value of up to a maximum of 
200% of base salary. However, the Company may make awards over Shares 
with a market value in excess of this limit for the purposes of recruitment. In 
the case of executive directors, any such recruitment award would only be 
made pursuant to the remuneration policy approved by shareholders.

1.6	 Grant	of	Awards

Awards may only be granted within the six week period following the 
approval of the LTIP by the Company’s shareholders, the announcement 
of the Company’s results for any period, any day on which a restriction 
on the grant of Awards is lifted, or on any day on which the Remuneration 
Committee determines that exceptional circumstances exist. 

1.7	 Dividends

The Remuneration Committee may determine that the number of Shares 
to which a participant’s Award relates will increase to take account of 
dividends paid on vested Shares on such terms and other such period 
as determined by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration 
Committee may determine that the participant will receive the cash 
equivalent of the additional Shares. 

1.8	 Clawback

The Remuneration Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine at 
any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the vesting date to: 

• 

reduce the number of Shares to which the Award relates;

•  cancel the Award; 

• 

• 

impose further conditions on the Award; or

require the participant to make a cash payment, or to transfer a number 
of Shares (for nil-consideration) to the Company in respect of the Award, 
to the extent that vested Shares have been issued or transferred to the 
participant in respect of such Award,

in the event of:

•  a material misstatement of the Company’s audited financial results; and

•  the participant’s misconduct.

1.9	 Vesting	and	release

Awards that are subject to a performance condition will normally vest as 
soon as practicable after the end of any performance period (or on such 
later date as the Remuneration Committee determines) and then only to the 
extent that any performance condition has been satisfied. Where Awards 
are granted without a performance condition, they will usually vest on the 
third anniversary of the grant date (or on such other date as the 
Remuneration Committee determines). 

To the extent that Awards are not subject to a further holding period, vested 
Shares will be released as soon as practicable after vesting. Vested Shares 
that are comprised in an Award which is subject to a further holding period 
will be released as soon as practicable after the end of the holding period. 
In either case, Nil-Cost Options will become exercisable until the tenth 
anniversary of the grant date 

The release of vested shares and the exercise of a Nil-Cost Option are 
subject to obtaining any necessary approvals or consents from the United 
Kingdom Listing Authority, the Company’s share dealing policy and any 
other applicable laws or regulations.

At any time before the point at which the vested Shares comprised in an 
Award have been issued or transferred to the participant, the Remuneration 
Committee may decide to pay a participant a cash amount equal to the 
value of the Shares he would otherwise have received. 

Any Shares or cash that are to be issued, transferred or paid (as appropriate) 
to a participant in respect of an Award will be issued, transferred or paid (as 
appropriate) as soon as practicable after such obligation arises.

1.10	 Leaving	employment

If a participant dies, an Award will vest (if unvested) and be released to the 
participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the participant’s death. 
The unvested Award will vest to the extent that the Remuneration Committee 
determines, taking into account the satisfaction of any performance condition 
and, if the Remuneration Committee so determines, the period of time that has 
elapsed since the start of the performance period until the date of death (as a 
proportion of the performance period) unless the Remuneration Committee 
determines otherwise. A participant’s personal representatives will normally have 
12 months from the participant’s death to exercise any vested Nil-Cost Options. 

If a participant ceases to be an officer or employee of the Group by reason 
of ill-health, injury, disability, retirement, redundancy or the sale of the 
business or entity that employs him out of the Group, a participant’s Award 
will usually continue, unless the Remuneration Committee determines that 
the Award will vest and/or be released as soon as reasonably practicable 
following the date on which the participant ceases to be an officer or 
employee of the Group. 

The Remuneration Committee will decide the extent to which an unvested 
Award vests in these circumstances, taking account of the extent to which 
any performance condition is satisfied at the end of any performance period 
or, as appropriate, at the date on which the participant ceases to be an 
officer or employee of the Group. Unless the Remuneration Committee in 
its discretion determines otherwise, the period of time that has elapsed 
since the start of the performance period until the date on which the 
participant ceases to be an officer or employee of the Group will also be 
taken into account. Vested Nil-Cost Options will be exercisable for a 
period of six months.

If a participant ceases to be an officer or employee of the Group on or after 
the Vesting Date or any reason (except summary dismissal) this Award will 
continue, unless the Board determines that it should be released as soon as 
practical after cessation, to the extent vested. 

1.11	 Takeovers,	mergers	and	other	re-organisations

In the event of a change of control of the Company, Awards will vest 
and/or be released at that time, taking into account the extent that any 
performance condition has been satisfied, and, unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines otherwise, the period of time which has elapsed 
between the start of the performance period and the relevant event 
(as a proportion of the performance period). Nil-Cost Options will then 
be exercisable for a period of one month.

Alternatively, the Remuneration Committee may permit participants to 
exchange Awards for equivalent awards which relate to shares in a different 
company. If the change of control is an internal reorganisation of the Group 
or if the Remuneration Committee so decides, participants will be required 
to exchange their Awards (rather than Awards vesting).

If other corporate events occur such as a winding-up of the Company, 
demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event which, in the opinion of 
the Remuneration Committee, may affect the current or future value of 
Shares, the Remuneration Committee may determine that Awards will vest 
and/or be released, taking into account the satisfaction of any relevant 
performance condition and, unless the Remuneration Committee 
determines otherwise, the period from the grant date to the date of the 
relevant event. The Remuneration Committee will determine in these 
circumstances the length of time during which Awards structured as 
Nil-Cost Options can then be exercised.

The	Sharesave	Plan
The Sharesave Plan is an all-employee savings-related share option scheme 
intended to qualify for favourable UK tax treatment.

Invitations
When the Sharesave Plan is operated, substantially all UK employees of 
each participating subsidiary must be invited to participate (subject to any 
qualifying period of service) on broadly the same terms. Other employees 
can also be invited. 

Any invitations will normally be made within 42 days of the announcement 
of results for any period or the annual general meeting. No options can be 
granted after 2 November 2024.

2		

2.1	

2.2	 Savings	contract

Eligible employees who wish to participate enter into a savings contract for 
three or five years. Under this, they agree to save a monthly amount from 
salary for the term of the contract. This is limited to £500 per month or 
such other sum as may be allowed by legislation.

2.3	 Grant	of	options

At the start of the contract, participants are granted an option which can 
only be exercised using the proceeds of the savings contract. The number of 
shares subject to the option is the number which can be bought, at the 
exercise price, with the expected proceeds of the savings contract, including 
any interest or bonus. 

The exercise price of the option is set by the directors but must not be less 
than 80% of the market value of a share on the date of grant.

2.4	 Exercise	of	options

Options are normally exercisable within 6 months after the maturity of the 
savings contract. 

2.5	

Leaving	employment
Options normally lapse if the participant leaves before exercise but an 
option can be exercised for six months after leaving for reasons such as ill 
health, retirement, death or redundancy. Options can only be exercised 
using the proceeds of the savings contract to the date of exercise.

2.6	 Takeovers,	mergers	and	other	reorganisations

Options can generally be exercised early on a takeover, scheme of 
arrangement, merger or other reorganisation, using only the proceeds of the 
savings contract to the date of exercise. Alternatively, participants may be 
allowed or required to exchange their options for options over shares in the 
acquiring company.

General	terms	applicable	to	both	plans

3		
3.1	 Plan	limits

In any ten year period, the number of Shares which may be issued under the 
LTIP and under any other discretionary share plan adopted by the Company 
may not exceed five per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company from time to time; and

In any ten year period, the number of Shares which may be issued under the 
LTIP, the Sharesave Plan and under any other employees’ share plan adopted 
by the Company may not exceed ten per cent of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company from time to time.

For the purposes of these limits, treasury Shares will be treated as newly 
issued for the purpose of these limits until such time as guidelines published 
by institutional investor representative bodies determine otherwise.

3.2	 Changes	to	the	Plans

The directors can amend the Plans in any way. However, subject to the 
following, shareholder approval will be required to amend certain provisions 
to the advantage of participants. These provisions relate to: eligibility; 
individual and plan limits; exercise price; rights attaching to options and 
shares; adjustments on variation in the Company’s share capital; and the 
amendment power. The directors can, without shareholder approval: change 
the Plans to obtain or maintain favourable tax treatment; make certain 
minor amendments e.g. to benefit the administration of the Plans; establish 
further plans based on the Plans, but modified to take account of overseas 
securities laws, exchange controls or tax legislation (but shares made 
available under such further plans will be treated as counting against any 
limits on participation in the main plan).

3.3	 General

Awards and options may be satisfied using newly issued Shares, treasury 
Shares or Shares purchased in the market.

Any shares issued pursuant to awards or options will rank equally with 
shares of the same class in issue on the date of allotment except in respect 
of rights arising by reference to a prior record date.

The option price and/or number of shares subject to options or awards may 
be adjusted following a rights issue or other variation in the share capital of 
the Company and, in the case of the LTIP, following a demerger, delisting, 
special dividend or other event.

The vesting and exercise of awards and options and the issue or transfer of 
Shares are subject to obtaining any necessary approvals or consents from 
the United Kingdom Listing Authority, the Company’s share dealing policy 
and any other applicable laws or regulations.

Options are not pensionable or transferable.

121 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Shareholder information
Corporate and shareholder information

Shareholder discounts
The Company offers a discount of 1% to Shareholders off the 
purchase price of a new Redrow home. In order to qualify for the 
discount a purchaser must hold a minimum of 2,500 ordinary 
shares in Redrow plc for a minimum of 12 months prior to the 
date of reservation, subject to a cap of £5,000.

Details of our current developments are available on our website: 
www.redrow.co.uk

Resolution 14 – Authority to allot shares
Shareholders are being invited to renew the authority given to Directors in 
previous years to allot new shares. If passed, Resolution 14 would renew this 
authority by authorising the Directors to allot shares up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £12,326,665 (which is equivalent to approximately 33% of the total 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company, exclusive of treasury shares, as at 
1 September 2014) and a further £12,326,665 only in respect of a rights issue 
(which is equivalent to approximately 33% of the total issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company, exclusive of treasury shares as at 1 September 2014). 
This is in line with corporate governance guidelines. The authority will expire 
on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or, if earlier, 
31 December 2015.

The Company does not, as of 1 September 2014 hold any shares in treasury.

The Directors will exercise the authority to allot only when satisfied that it  
is in the interests of the Company to do so. They have no present intention  
of exercising the authority, except in connection with the issue of shares  
under the Company’s share option schemes.

There are no present plans to undertake a rights issue or to allot new shares  
other than in connection with employee share and incentive plans. The Directors 
consider it desirable to have the maximum flexibility permitted by corporate 
governance guidelines to respond to market developments and to enable 
allotments to take place to finance business opportunities as they arise.

Resolution 15 – Authority to disapply pre-emption rights
The Directors may only allot shares for cash to persons who are not already 
Shareholders in the Company if authorised to do so by the Shareholders in a 
general meeting. This resolution renews authority for the Directors to allot shares 
for cash without first offering them to existing members up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £1,849,000. This sum represents £1,849,000 ordinary shares 
of 10p each, being equivalent to approximately 5% of the Company’s current 
issued share capital. The resolution also enables the Directors to modify the strict 
requirements for a rights issue in circumstances where they consider it necessary 
or expedient.

In addition, if the Company has purchased its own shares and holds them in 
treasury, this resolution would give the Directors power to sell these shares for 
cash to persons other than existing Shareholders, subject to the same limit that 
would apply to issues of shares for cash to these persons.

The Board considers the authority in Resolution 15 to be appropriate in order to 
allow the Company flexibility to finance business opportunities or to conduct a 
pre-emptive offer or rights issue without the need to comply with the strict 
requirements of the statutory pre-emption provisions.

The authority will expire on whichever is the earlier of the conclusion of the  
next Annual General Meeting or 31 December 2015.

Resolution 16 – Calling of a general meeting other than an  
Annual General Meeting
Under the Companies Act 2006 the notice period required for general meetings 
of the Company is 21 days unless Shareholders approve a shorter notice period,  
which cannot, however, be less than 14 clear days. Annual General Meetings  
of the Company will continue to be held on at least 21 clear days’ notice.

Resolution 16 seeks such approval. The approval will be effective until the 
Company’s next Annual General Meeting, when it is intended that a similar 
resolution will be prepared.

Documents available for your inspection
Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection during normal 
business hours on Monday to Friday each week (public holiday excepted) at the 
Company’s registered office and at the office of Linklaters LLP at One Silk Street, 
London EC2Y 8HQ from the date of this document up to and including the date of 
the Annual General Meeting and at the place of the Annual General Meeting from 
11.45am until the close of the meeting:

•  the Articles of Association and Memorandum of the Company; 

•  the service agreements and letters of appointment of the Directors; and

•  the Sharesave Plan and the LTIP.

Group contacts
Officers and advisers

Company Secretary
Graham Cope

Registered Office
Redrow House
St David’s Park
Flintshire
CH5 3RX
Registered Number 2877315

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol
BS99 6ZZ

Stockbrokers
Barclays
5 The North Colonnade
Canary Wharf
London E14 4BB

Peel Hunt
Moor House
120 London Wall
London EC2Y 5ET

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
101 Barbirolli Square
Lower Mosley Street
Manchester
M2 3PW

Solicitors
Linklaters LLP
One Silk Street
London
EC2Y 8HQ

122 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

123 
Redrow plc  
Annual report and accounts 2014

Strategic report Governance reportFinancial statements Shareholder informationShareholder information
Five year summary
12 months ended 30 June

Revenue

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items and financing costs

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items and financing costs as a 
percentage of turnover

Profit before tax

Net assets

Net (debt)

Gearing – net (debt) as a percentage of capital and reserves

Return on capital employed – operating profit before exceptional items 
adjusted for joint ventures as a percentage of opening and closing 
capital employed

Return on equity

Number of legal completions

Earnings per ordinary share

Dividends paid per ordinary share

Net assets per ordinary share

* Restated to reflect the application of IAS 19R – Employee Benefits.

2010
 £m

396.9

12.7

3.2%

0.7

435.9

2011
£m

452.7

31.2

6.9%

25.3

458.6

(47.1)

(75.4)

10.8%

16.4%

2.6%

0.2%

2,587

0.2p

–

6.1%

5.7%

2,626

4.4p

–

2012
 £m

478.9

48.0

2013*
£m

604.8

73.2

2014 
£m

864.5

137.5

10.0%

12.1%

15.9%

43.0

561.5

(14.0)

2.5%

8.7%

8.4%

2,458

9.7p

–

69.4

609.2

132.6

695.7

(91.0)

(172.6)

14.9%

24.8%

12.2%

12.3%

2,827

14.6p

–

18.0%

20.5%

3,597

28.3p

2.0p

141.3p

148.6p

151.8p

165.0p

188.1p

124
Redrow plc 
Annual report and accounts 2014

100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based, 95% of press chemicals 
are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated 
with this production will be recycled.

This document is printed on Cocoon 50 Silk; a paper containing 50% 
recycled fibre from genuine waste paper and 50% virgin fibre sourced 
from well managed, responsible, FSC® certified forests.

Designed and produced by Luminous
www.luminous.co.uk

Redrow plc
Redrow House, St David’s Park, Flintshire, CH5 3RX
Telephone: 01244 520044 Facsimile: 01244 520720
Email: groupservices@redrow.co.uk